OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-old/] [gdb-7.1/] [bfd/] [elf32-i386.c] - Diff between revs 834 and 842

Go to most recent revision | Only display areas with differences | Details | Blame | View Log

Rev 834 Rev 842
/* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF
/* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF
   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
   2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 
 
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
   (at your option) any later version.
   (at your option) any later version.
 
 
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.
   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
 
#include "sysdep.h"
#include "sysdep.h"
#include "bfd.h"
#include "bfd.h"
#include "bfdlink.h"
#include "bfdlink.h"
#include "libbfd.h"
#include "libbfd.h"
#include "elf-bfd.h"
#include "elf-bfd.h"
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
#include "bfd_stdint.h"
#include "bfd_stdint.h"
#include "objalloc.h"
#include "objalloc.h"
#include "hashtab.h"
#include "hashtab.h"
 
 
/* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA.  */
/* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA.  */
#define USE_REL 1
#define USE_REL 1
 
 
#include "elf/i386.h"
#include "elf/i386.h"
 
 
static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]=
static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]=
{
{
  HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE",
        TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
  HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
  HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
 
 
  /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here.
  /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here.
     R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and
     R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and
     R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of
     R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of
     R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table.  */
     R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table.  */
#define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1)
#define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1)
#define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard)
#define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard)
 
 
  /* These relocs are a GNU extension.  */
  /* These relocs are a GNU extension.  */
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16",
        TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16",
        TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE),
        TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE),
  HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8",
        TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
  HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8",
        TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE),
        TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE),
 
 
#define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset)
#define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset)
#define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext)
#define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext)
  /* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation.  */
  /* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation.  */
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  EMPTY_HOWTO (38),
  EMPTY_HOWTO (38),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL",
        FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE),
        FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
  HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
  HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE",
        bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE",
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
        TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 
 
  /* Another gap.  */
  /* Another gap.  */
#define R_386_irelative (R_386_IRELATIVE + 1 - R_386_tls_offset)
#define R_386_irelative (R_386_IRELATIVE + 1 - R_386_tls_offset)
#define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_irelative)
#define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_irelative)
 
 
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
  HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT,   /* type */
  HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT,   /* type */
         0,                      /* rightshift */
         0,                      /* rightshift */
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
         0,                      /* bitsize */
         0,                      /* bitsize */
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
         0,                      /* bitpos */
         0,                      /* bitpos */
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
         NULL,                  /* special_function */
         NULL,                  /* special_function */
         "R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
         "R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
         0,                      /* src_mask */
         0,                      /* src_mask */
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
 
 
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
  HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY,     /* type */
  HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY,     /* type */
         0,                      /* rightshift */
         0,                      /* rightshift */
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
         0,                      /* bitsize */
         0,                      /* bitsize */
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
         0,                      /* bitpos */
         0,                      /* bitpos */
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
         _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
         _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
         "R_386_GNU_VTENTRY",   /* name */
         "R_386_GNU_VTENTRY",   /* name */
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
         0,                      /* src_mask */
         0,                      /* src_mask */
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
         FALSE)                 /* pcrel_offset */
         FALSE)                 /* pcrel_offset */
 
 
#define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset)
#define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset)
 
 
};
};
 
 
#ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC
#ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC
#define TRACE(str) \
#define TRACE(str) \
  fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
  fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
#else
#else
#define TRACE(str)
#define TRACE(str)
#endif
#endif
 
 
static reloc_howto_type *
static reloc_howto_type *
elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                            bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
                            bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
{
{
  switch (code)
  switch (code)
    {
    {
    case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
    case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_32:
    case BFD_RELOC_32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:
    case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC];
 
 
      /* These relocs are a GNU extension.  */
      /* These relocs are a GNU extension.  */
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_16:
    case BFD_RELOC_16:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
    case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_8:
    case BFD_RELOC_8:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
    case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset];
 
 
    /* Common with Sun TLS implementation.  */
    /* Common with Sun TLS implementation.  */
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE:
    case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset];
 
 
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset];
      return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset];
 
 
    default:
    default:
      break;
      break;
    }
    }
 
 
  TRACE ("Unknown");
  TRACE ("Unknown");
  return 0;
  return 0;
}
}
 
 
static reloc_howto_type *
static reloc_howto_type *
elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                            const char *r_name)
                            const char *r_name)
{
{
  unsigned int i;
  unsigned int i;
 
 
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++)
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++)
    if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
        && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
        && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
      return &elf_howto_table[i];
      return &elf_howto_table[i];
 
 
  return NULL;
  return NULL;
}
}
 
 
static reloc_howto_type *
static reloc_howto_type *
elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type)
elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type)
{
{
  unsigned int indx;
  unsigned int indx;
 
 
  if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
  if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
      && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
      && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
          >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
          >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
      && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
      && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
          >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext)
          >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext)
      && ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_irelative
      && ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_irelative
          >= R_386_vt - R_386_irelative))
          >= R_386_vt - R_386_irelative))
    {
    {
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
                             abfd, (int) r_type);
                             abfd, (int) r_type);
      indx = R_386_NONE;
      indx = R_386_NONE;
    }
    }
  BFD_ASSERT (elf_howto_table [indx].type == r_type);
  BFD_ASSERT (elf_howto_table [indx].type == r_type);
  return &elf_howto_table[indx];
  return &elf_howto_table[indx];
}
}
 
 
static void
static void
elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                            arelent *cache_ptr,
                            arelent *cache_ptr,
                            Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
                            Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
{
{
  unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
  unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
  cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
  cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
}
}
 
 
/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label.  The UnixWare
/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label.  The UnixWare
   2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we
   2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we
   recognize them here.  FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?.
   recognize them here.  FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?.
   If so, we should move the .X recognition into
   If so, we should move the .X recognition into
   _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name.  */
   _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
{
{
  if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X')
  if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X')
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name);
  return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name);
}
}


/* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
/* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
{
{
  int offset;
  int offset;
  size_t size;
  size_t size;
 
 
  if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
  if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
    {
    {
      int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
      int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
 
 
      if (pr_version != 1)
      if (pr_version != 1)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      /* pr_cursig */
      /* pr_cursig */
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20);
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20);
 
 
      /* pr_pid */
      /* pr_pid */
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
 
 
      /* pr_reg */
      /* pr_reg */
      offset = 28;
      offset = 28;
      size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
      size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
    }
    }
  else
  else
    {
    {
      switch (note->descsz)
      switch (note->descsz)
        {
        {
        default:
        default:
          return FALSE;
          return FALSE;
 
 
        case 144:               /* Linux/i386 */
        case 144:               /* Linux/i386 */
          /* pr_cursig */
          /* pr_cursig */
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
 
 
          /* pr_pid */
          /* pr_pid */
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
 
 
          /* pr_reg */
          /* pr_reg */
          offset = 72;
          offset = 72;
          size = 68;
          size = 68;
 
 
          break;
          break;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
}
}
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
{
{
  if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
  if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
    {
    {
      int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
      int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
 
 
      if (pr_version != 1)
      if (pr_version != 1)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17);
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17);
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81);
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81);
    }
    }
  else
  else
    {
    {
      switch (note->descsz)
      switch (note->descsz)
        {
        {
        default:
        default:
          return FALSE;
          return FALSE;
 
 
        case 124:               /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo.  */
        case 124:               /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo.  */
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
            = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
            = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
          elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
            = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
            = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
  {
  {
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
    int n = strlen (command);
    int n = strlen (command);
 
 
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
  }
  }
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}


/* Functions for the i386 ELF linker.
/* Functions for the i386 ELF linker.
 
 
   In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
   In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
   knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
   knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
   following:
   following:
 
 
   Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other
   Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other
   functions are only called locally.  elf_i386_* functions appear
   functions are only called locally.  elf_i386_* functions appear
   in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
   in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
   from external routines.  eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called
   from external routines.  eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called
   early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is
   early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is
   one of the last functions.  */
   one of the last functions.  */
 
 
 
 
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
   section.  */
   section.  */
 
 
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
 
 
/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
   copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
   copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
   section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
   section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
   shared lib.  */
   shared lib.  */
#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
 
 
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
 
 
#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
 
 
/* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like
/* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like
   this.  See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works.
   this.  See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works.
   Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte.  */
   Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte.  */
 
 
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt0_entry[12] =
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt0_entry[12] =
{
{
  0xff, 0x35,   /* pushl contents of address */
  0xff, 0x35,   /* pushl contents of address */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
  0xff, 0x25,   /* jmp indirect */
  0xff, 0x25,   /* jmp indirect */
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
};
};
 
 
/* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
/* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
   this.  */
   this.  */
 
 
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
{
{
  0xff, 0x25,   /* jmp indirect */
  0xff, 0x25,   /* jmp indirect */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
  0x68,         /* pushl immediate */
  0x68,         /* pushl immediate */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
  0xe9,         /* jmp relative */
  0xe9,         /* jmp relative */
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
};
};
 
 
/* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.
/* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.
   Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte.  */
   Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte.  */
 
 
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[12] =
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[12] =
{
{
  0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0,  /* pushl 4(%ebx) */
  0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0,  /* pushl 4(%ebx) */
  0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0   /* jmp *8(%ebx) */
  0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0   /* jmp *8(%ebx) */
};
};
 
 
/* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
/* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
 
 
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
{
{
  0xff, 0xa3,   /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
  0xff, 0xa3,   /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
  0x68,         /* pushl immediate */
  0x68,         /* pushl immediate */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
  0xe9,         /* jmp relative */
  0xe9,         /* jmp relative */
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
};
};
 
 
/* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations
/* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations
   for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry.  */
   for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry.  */
#define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
#define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
#define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
#define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
#define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2
#define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2
 
 
/* i386 ELF linker hash entry.  */
/* i386 ELF linker hash entry.  */
 
 
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry
{
{
  struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
 
 
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
 
 
#define GOT_UNKNOWN     0
#define GOT_UNKNOWN     0
#define GOT_NORMAL      1
#define GOT_NORMAL      1
#define GOT_TLS_GD      2
#define GOT_TLS_GD      2
#define GOT_TLS_IE      4
#define GOT_TLS_IE      4
#define GOT_TLS_IE_POS  5
#define GOT_TLS_IE_POS  5
#define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG  6
#define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG  6
#define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7
#define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7
#define GOT_TLS_GDESC   8
#define GOT_TLS_GDESC   8
#define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type)                                         \
#define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type)                                         \
  ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
  ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
#define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type)                                              \
#define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type)                                              \
  ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
  ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
#define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type)                                           \
#define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type)                                           \
  ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
  ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
#define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type)                                          \
#define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type)                                          \
  (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type))
  (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type))
  unsigned char tls_type;
  unsigned char tls_type;
 
 
  /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
  /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
     starting at the end of the jump table.  */
     starting at the end of the jump table.  */
  bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
  bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
};
};
 
 
#define elf_i386_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
#define elf_i386_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
 
 
struct elf_i386_obj_tdata
struct elf_i386_obj_tdata
{
{
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
 
 
  /* tls_type for each local got entry.  */
  /* tls_type for each local got entry.  */
  char *local_got_tls_type;
  char *local_got_tls_type;
 
 
  /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors.  */
  /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors.  */
  bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
  bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
};
};
 
 
#define elf_i386_tdata(abfd) \
#define elf_i386_tdata(abfd) \
  ((struct elf_i386_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
  ((struct elf_i386_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
 
 
#define elf_i386_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
#define elf_i386_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
  (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
  (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
 
 
#define elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \
#define elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \
  (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
  (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
 
 
#define is_i386_elf(bfd)                                \
#define is_i386_elf(bfd)                                \
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour      \
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour      \
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL                           \
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL                           \
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_DATA)
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_DATA)
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
{
{
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_obj_tdata),
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_obj_tdata),
                                  I386_ELF_DATA);
                                  I386_ELF_DATA);
}
}
 
 
/* i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
/* i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 
 
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table
{
{
  struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
  struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
 
 
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
  asection *sdynbss;
  asection *sdynbss;
  asection *srelbss;
  asection *srelbss;
 
 
  union
  union
  {
  {
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
    bfd_vma offset;
    bfd_vma offset;
  } tls_ldm_got;
  } tls_ldm_got;
 
 
  /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt
  /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt
     section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots.  */
     section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots.  */
  bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
  bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
 
 
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
 
 
  /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol.  */
  /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol.  */
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base;
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base;
 
 
  /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
  /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
  htab_t loc_hash_table;
  htab_t loc_hash_table;
  void * loc_hash_memory;
  void * loc_hash_memory;
 
 
  /* The (unloaded but important) .rel.plt.unloaded section on VxWorks.  */
  /* The (unloaded but important) .rel.plt.unloaded section on VxWorks.  */
  asection *srelplt2;
  asection *srelplt2;
 
 
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
  int is_vxworks;
  int is_vxworks;
 
 
  /* The index of the next unused R_386_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt.  */
  /* The index of the next unused R_386_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt.  */
  bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index;
  bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index;
 
 
  /* Value used to fill the last word of the first plt entry.  */
  /* Value used to fill the last word of the first plt entry.  */
  bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte;
  bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte;
};
};
 
 
/* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
/* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
 
 
#define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \
#define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \
  (elf_hash_table_id  ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
  (elf_hash_table_id  ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
  == I386_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
  == I386_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
 
 
#define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
#define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
  ((htab)->next_tls_desc_index * 4)
  ((htab)->next_tls_desc_index * 4)
 
 
/* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
/* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 
 
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
                            struct bfd_hash_table *table,
                            struct bfd_hash_table *table,
                            const char *string)
                            const char *string)
{
{
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
     subclass.  */
     subclass.  */
  if (entry == NULL)
  if (entry == NULL)
    {
    {
      entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
      entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
          bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
          bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
      if (entry == NULL)
      if (entry == NULL)
        return entry;
        return entry;
    }
    }
 
 
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
  entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
  entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
  if (entry != NULL)
  if (entry != NULL)
    {
    {
      struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
      struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
 
 
      eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry;
      eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry;
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
      eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
      eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
      eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
      eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
    }
    }
 
 
  return entry;
  return entry;
}
}
 
 
/* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
/* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
  for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
  for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
  as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
  as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
  hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
  hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
 
 
static hashval_t
static hashval_t
elf_i386_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
elf_i386_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
{
{
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
  return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
  return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
}
}
 
 
/* Compare local hash entries.  */
/* Compare local hash entries.  */
 
 
static int
static int
elf_i386_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
elf_i386_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
{
{
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
 
 
  return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
  return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
}
}
 
 
/* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
/* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
 
 
static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab,
elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab,
                             bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                             bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                             bfd_boolean create)
                             bfd_boolean create)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
  asection *sec = abfd->sections;
  asection *sec = abfd->sections;
  hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
  hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
                                       ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
                                       ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
  void **slot;
  void **slot;
 
 
  e.elf.indx = sec->id;
  e.elf.indx = sec->id;
  e.elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
  e.elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
  slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
  slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
                                   create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
                                   create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
 
 
  if (!slot)
  if (!slot)
    return NULL;
    return NULL;
 
 
  if (*slot)
  if (*slot)
    {
    {
      ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
      ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
      return &ret->elf;
      return &ret->elf;
    }
    }
 
 
  ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)
  ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)
        objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
        objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
                        sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
                        sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
  if (ret)
  if (ret)
    {
    {
      memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
      memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
      ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
      ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
      ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
      ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
      ret->elf.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
      ret->elf.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
      ret->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
      ret->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
      *slot = ret;
      *slot = ret;
    }
    }
  return &ret->elf;
  return &ret->elf;
}
}
 
 
/* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
/* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 
 
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret;
  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table);
  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table);
 
 
  ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
  ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
  if (ret == NULL)
  if (ret == NULL)
    return NULL;
    return NULL;
 
 
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
                                      elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc,
                                      elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc,
                                      sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry),
                                      sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry),
                                      I386_ELF_DATA))
                                      I386_ELF_DATA))
    {
    {
      free (ret);
      free (ret);
      return NULL;
      return NULL;
    }
    }
 
 
  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
  ret->srelbss = NULL;
  ret->srelbss = NULL;
  ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
  ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
  ret->next_tls_desc_index = 0;
  ret->next_tls_desc_index = 0;
  ret->sgotplt_jump_table_size = 0;
  ret->sgotplt_jump_table_size = 0;
  ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
  ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
  ret->is_vxworks = 0;
  ret->is_vxworks = 0;
  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
  ret->plt0_pad_byte = 0;
  ret->plt0_pad_byte = 0;
  ret->tls_module_base = NULL;
  ret->tls_module_base = NULL;
 
 
  ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
  ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
                                         elf_i386_local_htab_hash,
                                         elf_i386_local_htab_hash,
                                         elf_i386_local_htab_eq,
                                         elf_i386_local_htab_eq,
                                         NULL);
                                         NULL);
  ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
  ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
  if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
  if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
    {
    {
      free (ret);
      free (ret);
      return NULL;
      return NULL;
    }
    }
 
 
  return &ret->elf.root;
  return &ret->elf.root;
}
}
 
 
/* Destroy an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
/* Destroy an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 
 
static void
static void
elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash)
elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab
    = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) hash;
    = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) hash;
 
 
  if (htab->loc_hash_table)
  if (htab->loc_hash_table)
    htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
    htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
  if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
  if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
    objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
    objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
  _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (hash);
  _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (hash);
}
}
 
 
/* Create .plt, .rel.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel.got, .dynbss, and
/* Create .plt, .rel.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel.got, .dynbss, and
   .rel.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
   .rel.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
   hash table.  */
   hash table.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 
 
  if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
  if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
  htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
  if (!info->shared)
  if (!info->shared)
    htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.bss");
    htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.bss");
 
 
  if (!htab->sdynbss
  if (!htab->sdynbss
      || (!info->shared && !htab->srelbss))
      || (!info->shared && !htab->srelbss))
    abort ();
    abort ();
 
 
  if (htab->is_vxworks
  if (htab->is_vxworks
      && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info,
      && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info,
                                               &htab->srelplt2))
                                               &htab->srelplt2))
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
 
 
static void
static void
elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
 
 
  edir = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) dir;
  edir = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) dir;
  eind = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) ind;
  eind = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) ind;
 
 
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
    {
    {
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
        {
        {
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 
 
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
            {
            {
              struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
              struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
 
 
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
                  {
                  {
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
                    q->count += p->count;
                    q->count += p->count;
                    *pp = p->next;
                    *pp = p->next;
                    break;
                    break;
                  }
                  }
              if (q == NULL)
              if (q == NULL)
                pp = &p->next;
                pp = &p->next;
            }
            }
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
        }
        }
 
 
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
    }
    }
 
 
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
    {
    {
      edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
      edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
      eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
      eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
    }
    }
 
 
  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
      && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
      && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
    {
    {
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
         of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
         of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
         We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
         We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
      dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
      dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
      dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
      dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
    }
    }
  else
  else
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
}
}
 
 
typedef union
typedef union
  {
  {
    unsigned char c[2];
    unsigned char c[2];
    uint16_t i;
    uint16_t i;
  }
  }
i386_opcode16;
i386_opcode16;
 
 
/* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition
/* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition
   from R_TYPE.  */
   from R_TYPE.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_check_tls_transition (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
elf_i386_check_tls_transition (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
                               bfd_byte *contents,
                               bfd_byte *contents,
                               Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
                               Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
                               unsigned int r_type,
                               unsigned int r_type,
                               const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                               const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                               const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
                               const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
{
{
  unsigned int val, type;
  unsigned int val, type;
  unsigned long r_symndx;
  unsigned long r_symndx;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
  bfd_vma offset;
  bfd_vma offset;
 
 
  /* Get the section contents.  */
  /* Get the section contents.  */
  if (contents == NULL)
  if (contents == NULL)
    {
    {
      if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
      if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
        contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
        contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
      else
      else
        {
        {
          /* FIXME: How to better handle error condition?  */
          /* FIXME: How to better handle error condition?  */
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  offset = rel->r_offset;
  offset = rel->r_offset;
  switch (r_type)
  switch (r_type)
    {
    {
    case R_386_TLS_GD:
    case R_386_TLS_GD:
    case R_386_TLS_LDM:
    case R_386_TLS_LDM:
      if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend)
      if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
      type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
      if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD)
      if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD)
        {
        {
          /* Check transition from GD access model.  Only
          /* Check transition from GD access model.  Only
                leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
                leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
                leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
                leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
             can transit to different access model.  */
             can transit to different access model.  */
          if ((offset + 10) > sec->size ||
          if ((offset + 10) > sec->size ||
              (type != 0x8d && type != 0x04))
              (type != 0x8d && type != 0x04))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
          val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
          if (type == 0x04)
          if (type == 0x04)
            {
            {
              /* leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr */
              /* leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr */
              if (offset < 3)
              if (offset < 3)
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
 
 
              if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3) != 0x8d)
              if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3) != 0x8d)
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
 
 
              if ((val & 0xc7) != 0x05 || val == (4 << 3))
              if ((val & 0xc7) != 0x05 || val == (4 << 3))
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            {
            {
              /* leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop  */
              /* leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop  */
              if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
              if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
 
 
              if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 9) != 0x90)
              if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 9) != 0x90)
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
            }
            }
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          /* Check transition from LD access model.  Only
          /* Check transition from LD access model.  Only
                leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
                leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
             can transit to different access model.  */
             can transit to different access model.  */
          if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size)
          if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size)
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
          val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
          if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
          if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 4) != 0xe8)
      if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 4) != 0xe8)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
      /* Use strncmp to check ___tls_get_addr since ___tls_get_addr
      /* Use strncmp to check ___tls_get_addr since ___tls_get_addr
         may be versioned.  */
         may be versioned.  */
      return (h != NULL
      return (h != NULL
              && h->root.root.string != NULL
              && h->root.root.string != NULL
              && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32
              && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32
                  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32)
                  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32)
              && (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "___tls_get_addr",
              && (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "___tls_get_addr",
                           15) == 0));
                           15) == 0));
 
 
    case R_386_TLS_IE:
    case R_386_TLS_IE:
      /* Check transition from IE access model:
      /* Check transition from IE access model:
                movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax
                movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax
                movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
                movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
                addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
                addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
       */
       */
 
 
      if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
      if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      /* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first.  */
      /* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first.  */
      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
      if (val == 0xa1)
      if (val == 0xa1)
        return TRUE;
        return TRUE;
 
 
      if (offset < 2)
      if (offset < 2)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      /* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg.   */
      /* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg.   */
      type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
      type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
      return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03)
      return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03)
              && (val & 0xc7) == 0x05);
              && (val & 0xc7) == 0x05);
 
 
    case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
    case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
    case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
    case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
      /* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model:
      /* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model:
                subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
                subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
                movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
                movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
                addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
                addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
       */
       */
 
 
      if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
      if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
      if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
      if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
      type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
      return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03;
      return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03;
 
 
    case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
    case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
      /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
      /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
                leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
                leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
 
 
         Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset
         Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset
         into any register, although it's probably almost always
         into any register, although it's probably almost always
         going to be eax.  */
         going to be eax.  */
 
 
      if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
      if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d)
      if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
      return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83;
      return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83;
 
 
    case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
      /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
      /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
                call *x@tlsdesc(%rax)
                call *x@tlsdesc(%rax)
       */
       */
      if (offset + 2 <= sec->size)
      if (offset + 2 <= sec->size)
        {
        {
          /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%rax).  */
          /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%rax).  */
          static i386_opcode16 call = { { 0xff, 0x10 } };
          static i386_opcode16 call = { { 0xff, 0x10 } };
          return bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + offset) == call.i;
          return bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + offset) == call.i;
        }
        }
 
 
      return FALSE;
      return FALSE;
 
 
    default:
    default:
      abort ();
      abort ();
    }
    }
}
}
 
 
/* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition
/* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition
   will be performed.  Update R_TYPE if there is a transition.  */
   will be performed.  Update R_TYPE if there is a transition.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
                         asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents,
                         asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents,
                         Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
                         Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
                         struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
                         struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
                         unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type,
                         unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type,
                         const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                         const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                         const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
                         const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
                         struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
                         struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
                         unsigned long r_symndx)
                         unsigned long r_symndx)
{
{
  unsigned int from_type = *r_type;
  unsigned int from_type = *r_type;
  unsigned int to_type = from_type;
  unsigned int to_type = from_type;
  bfd_boolean check = TRUE;
  bfd_boolean check = TRUE;
 
 
  switch (from_type)
  switch (from_type)
    {
    {
    case R_386_TLS_GD:
    case R_386_TLS_GD:
    case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
    case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
    case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
    case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
    case R_386_TLS_IE:
    case R_386_TLS_IE:
    case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
    case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
      if (info->executable)
      if (info->executable)
        {
        {
          if (h == NULL)
          if (h == NULL)
            to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
            to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
          else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE
          else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE
                   && from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
                   && from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
            to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
            to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
        }
        }
 
 
      /* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, CONTENTS
      /* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, CONTENTS
         isn't NULL and there may be additional transitions based on
         isn't NULL and there may be additional transitions based on
         TLS_TYPE.  */
         TLS_TYPE.  */
      if (contents != NULL)
      if (contents != NULL)
        {
        {
          unsigned int new_to_type = to_type;
          unsigned int new_to_type = to_type;
 
 
          if (info->executable
          if (info->executable
              && h != NULL
              && h != NULL
              && h->dynindx == -1
              && h->dynindx == -1
              && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
              && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
            new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
            new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
 
 
          if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD
          if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD
              || to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
              || to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
              || to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
              || to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
            {
            {
              if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
              if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
                new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE;
                new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE;
              else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
              else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
                new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
                new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
            }
            }
 
 
          /* We checked the transition before when we were called from
          /* We checked the transition before when we were called from
             elf_i386_check_relocs.  We only want to check the new
             elf_i386_check_relocs.  We only want to check the new
             transition which hasn't been checked before.  */
             transition which hasn't been checked before.  */
          check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type;
          check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type;
          to_type = new_to_type;
          to_type = new_to_type;
        }
        }
 
 
      break;
      break;
 
 
    case R_386_TLS_LDM:
    case R_386_TLS_LDM:
      if (info->executable)
      if (info->executable)
        to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
        to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
      break;
      break;
 
 
    default:
    default:
      return TRUE;
      return TRUE;
    }
    }
 
 
  /* Return TRUE if there is no transition.  */
  /* Return TRUE if there is no transition.  */
  if (from_type == to_type)
  if (from_type == to_type)
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  /* Check if the transition can be performed.  */
  /* Check if the transition can be performed.  */
  if (check
  if (check
      && ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (abfd, sec, contents,
      && ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (abfd, sec, contents,
                                          symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                          symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                          from_type, rel, relend))
                                          from_type, rel, relend))
    {
    {
      reloc_howto_type *from, *to;
      reloc_howto_type *from, *to;
      const char *name;
      const char *name;
 
 
      from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type);
      from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type);
      to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type);
      to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type);
 
 
      if (h)
      if (h)
        name = h->root.root.string;
        name = h->root.root.string;
      else
      else
        {
        {
          struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
          struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 
 
          htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
          htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
          if (htab == NULL)
          if (htab == NULL)
            name = "*unknown*";
            name = "*unknown*";
          else
          else
            {
            {
              Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
              Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
 
 
              isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
              isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
                                            abfd, r_symndx);
                                            abfd, r_symndx);
              name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
              name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
            }
            }
        }
        }
 
 
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
        (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx "
        (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx "
           "in section `%A' failed"),
           "in section `%A' failed"),
         abfd, sec, from->name, to->name, name,
         abfd, sec, from->name, to->name, name,
         (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
         (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
      return FALSE;
      return FALSE;
    }
    }
 
 
  *r_type = to_type;
  *r_type = to_type;
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
   calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
   table, and dynamic reloc sections.  */
   table, and dynamic reloc sections.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
                       struct bfd_link_info *info,
                       struct bfd_link_info *info,
                       asection *sec,
                       asection *sec,
                       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
                       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
  asection *sreloc;
  asection *sreloc;
 
 
  if (info->relocatable)
  if (info->relocatable)
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd));
  BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd));
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
 
 
  sreloc = NULL;
  sreloc = NULL;
 
 
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
    {
    {
      unsigned int r_type;
      unsigned int r_type;
      unsigned long r_symndx;
      unsigned long r_symndx;
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
      const char *name;
      const char *name;
 
 
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
 
 
      if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
      if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
        {
        {
          (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
          (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
                                 abfd,
                                 abfd,
                                 r_symndx);
                                 r_symndx);
          return FALSE;
          return FALSE;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
        {
        {
          /* A local symbol.  */
          /* A local symbol.  */
          isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
          isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
                                        abfd, r_symndx);
                                        abfd, r_symndx);
          if (isym == NULL)
          if (isym == NULL)
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
          /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
          if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
          if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
            {
            {
              h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel,
              h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel,
                                                   TRUE);
                                                   TRUE);
              if (h == NULL)
              if (h == NULL)
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
 
 
              /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
              /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
              h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
              h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
              h->def_regular = 1;
              h->def_regular = 1;
              h->ref_regular = 1;
              h->ref_regular = 1;
              h->forced_local = 1;
              h->forced_local = 1;
              h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
              h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            h = NULL;
            h = NULL;
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          isym = NULL;
          isym = NULL;
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (h != NULL)
      if (h != NULL)
        {
        {
          /* Create the ifunc sections for static executables.  If we
          /* Create the ifunc sections for static executables.  If we
             never see an indirect function symbol nor we are building
             never see an indirect function symbol nor we are building
             a static executable, those sections will be empty and
             a static executable, those sections will be empty and
             won't appear in output.  */
             won't appear in output.  */
          switch (r_type)
          switch (r_type)
            {
            {
            default:
            default:
              break;
              break;
 
 
            case R_386_32:
            case R_386_32:
            case R_386_PC32:
            case R_386_PC32:
            case R_386_PLT32:
            case R_386_PLT32:
            case R_386_GOT32:
            case R_386_GOT32:
            case R_386_GOTOFF:
            case R_386_GOTOFF:
              if (!_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (abfd, info))
              if (!_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (abfd, info))
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
              break;
              break;
            }
            }
 
 
          /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
          /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
             it here if it is defined in a non-shared object.  */
             it here if it is defined in a non-shared object.  */
          if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
          if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
              && h->def_regular)
              && h->def_regular)
            {
            {
              /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */
              /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */
              h->ref_regular = 1;
              h->ref_regular = 1;
              h->needs_plt = 1;
              h->needs_plt = 1;
 
 
              /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
              /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
 
 
              /* STT_GNU_IFUNC needs dynamic sections.  */
              /* STT_GNU_IFUNC needs dynamic sections.  */
              if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
              if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
                htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
                htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
 
 
              switch (r_type)
              switch (r_type)
                {
                {
                default:
                default:
                  if (h->root.root.string)
                  if (h->root.root.string)
                    name = h->root.root.string;
                    name = h->root.root.string;
                  else
                  else
                    name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
                    name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
                                             NULL);
                                             NULL);
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
                    (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
                    (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
                       "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), abfd,
                       "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), abfd,
                     elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
                     elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
                     name, __FUNCTION__);
                     name, __FUNCTION__);
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
                  return FALSE;
                  return FALSE;
 
 
                case R_386_32:
                case R_386_32:
                  h->non_got_ref = 1;
                  h->non_got_ref = 1;
                  h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
                  h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
                  if (info->shared)
                  if (info->shared)
                    {
                    {
                      /* We must copy these reloc types into the
                      /* We must copy these reloc types into the
                         output file.  Create a reloc section in
                         output file.  Create a reloc section in
                         dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
                         dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
                      sreloc = _bfd_elf_create_ifunc_dyn_reloc
                      sreloc = _bfd_elf_create_ifunc_dyn_reloc
                        (abfd, info, sec, sreloc,
                        (abfd, info, sec, sreloc,
                         &((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs);
                         &((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs);
                      if (sreloc == NULL)
                      if (sreloc == NULL)
                        return FALSE;
                        return FALSE;
                    }
                    }
                  break;
                  break;
 
 
                case R_386_PC32:
                case R_386_PC32:
                  h->non_got_ref = 1;
                  h->non_got_ref = 1;
                  break;
                  break;
 
 
                case R_386_PLT32:
                case R_386_PLT32:
                  break;
                  break;
 
 
                case R_386_GOT32:
                case R_386_GOT32:
                case R_386_GOTOFF:
                case R_386_GOTOFF:
                  h->got.refcount += 1;
                  h->got.refcount += 1;
                  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
                  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
                      && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj,
                      && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj,
                                                       info))
                                                       info))
                    return FALSE;
                    return FALSE;
                  break;
                  break;
                }
                }
 
 
              continue;
              continue;
            }
            }
        }
        }
 
 
      if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
      if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
                                     symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                     symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                     &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
                                     &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
                                     rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx))
                                     rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx))
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      switch (r_type)
      switch (r_type)
        {
        {
        case R_386_TLS_LDM:
        case R_386_TLS_LDM:
          htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
          htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
          goto create_got;
          goto create_got;
 
 
        case R_386_PLT32:
        case R_386_PLT32:
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
             actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
             actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
             never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
             never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
             don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
             don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
             after all.  */
             after all.  */
 
 
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
          if (h == NULL)
          if (h == NULL)
            continue;
            continue;
 
 
          h->needs_plt = 1;
          h->needs_plt = 1;
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_IE:
        case R_386_TLS_IE:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
          if (!info->executable)
          if (!info->executable)
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
          /* Fall through */
          /* Fall through */
 
 
        case R_386_GOT32:
        case R_386_GOT32:
        case R_386_TLS_GD:
        case R_386_TLS_GD:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
        case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
        case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
          /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
          /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
          {
          {
            int tls_type, old_tls_type;
            int tls_type, old_tls_type;
 
 
            switch (r_type)
            switch (r_type)
              {
              {
              default:
              default:
              case R_386_GOT32: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break;
              case R_386_GOT32: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break;
              case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
              case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
              case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
              case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
              case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
              case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
                tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
                tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
              case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
              case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
                if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type)
                if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type)
                  tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
                  tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
                else
                else
                  /* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of
                  /* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of
                     R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32.  */
                     R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32.  */
                  tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
                  tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
                break;
                break;
              case R_386_TLS_IE:
              case R_386_TLS_IE:
              case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
              case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
                tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break;
                tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break;
              }
              }
 
 
            if (h != NULL)
            if (h != NULL)
              {
              {
                h->got.refcount += 1;
                h->got.refcount += 1;
                old_tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
                old_tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
              }
              }
            else
            else
              {
              {
                bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
                bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
 
 
                /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
                /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
                local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
                local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
                if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
                if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
                  {
                  {
                    bfd_size_type size;
                    bfd_size_type size;
 
 
                    size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
                    size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
                    size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
                    size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
                             + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char));
                             + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char));
                    local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *)
                    local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *)
                        bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
                        bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
                    if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
                    if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
                      return FALSE;
                      return FALSE;
                    elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
                    elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
                    elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd)
                    elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd)
                      = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
                      = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
                    elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
                    elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
                      = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
                      = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
                  }
                  }
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
                old_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
                old_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
              }
              }
 
 
            if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
            if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
              tls_type |= old_tls_type;
              tls_type |= old_tls_type;
            /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
            /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
               there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
               there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
            else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
            else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
                     && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
                     && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
                         || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0))
                         || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0))
              {
              {
                if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
                if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
                  tls_type = old_tls_type;
                  tls_type = old_tls_type;
                else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
                else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
                         && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
                         && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
                  tls_type |= old_tls_type;
                  tls_type |= old_tls_type;
                else
                else
                  {
                  {
                    if (h)
                    if (h)
                      name = h->root.root.string;
                      name = h->root.root.string;
                    else
                    else
                      name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
                      name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
                                             NULL);
                                             NULL);
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and "
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and "
                         "thread local symbol"),
                         "thread local symbol"),
                       abfd, name);
                       abfd, name);
                    return FALSE;
                    return FALSE;
                  }
                  }
              }
              }
 
 
            if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
            if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
              {
              {
                if (h != NULL)
                if (h != NULL)
                  elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
                  elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
                else
                else
                  elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
                  elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
              }
              }
          }
          }
          /* Fall through */
          /* Fall through */
 
 
        case R_386_GOTOFF:
        case R_386_GOTOFF:
        case R_386_GOTPC:
        case R_386_GOTPC:
        create_got:
        create_got:
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
            {
            {
              if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
              if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
                htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
                htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
              if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
              if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
            }
            }
          if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE)
          if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE)
            break;
            break;
          /* Fall through */
          /* Fall through */
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_LE:
        case R_386_TLS_LE:
          if (info->executable)
          if (info->executable)
            break;
            break;
          info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
          info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
          /* Fall through */
          /* Fall through */
 
 
        case R_386_32:
        case R_386_32:
        case R_386_PC32:
        case R_386_PC32:
          if (h != NULL && info->executable)
          if (h != NULL && info->executable)
            {
            {
              /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
              /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
                 need a copy reloc.  We can't check reliably at this
                 need a copy reloc.  We can't check reliably at this
                 stage whether the section is read-only, as input
                 stage whether the section is read-only, as input
                 sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
                 sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
                 Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
                 Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
                 adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
                 adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
 
 
              /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
              /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
                 refers to is in a shared lib.  */
                 refers to is in a shared lib.  */
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
              if (r_type != R_386_PC32)
              if (r_type != R_386_PC32)
                h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
                h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
            }
            }
 
 
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
             later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
             later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
             DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
             DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
             a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
             a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
             storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
             storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
             table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
             table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
             shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
             shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
             symbol local.
             symbol local.
 
 
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
             symbol.  */
             symbol.  */
          if ((info->shared
          if ((info->shared
               && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
               && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
               && (r_type != R_386_PC32
               && (r_type != R_386_PC32
                   || (h != NULL
                   || (h != NULL
                       && (! SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
                       && (! SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
                           || !h->def_regular))))
                           || !h->def_regular))))
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
                  && !info->shared
                  && !info->shared
                  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
                  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
                  && h != NULL
                  && h != NULL
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
                      || !h->def_regular)))
                      || !h->def_regular)))
            {
            {
              struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
              struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
              struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
              struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
 
 
              /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
              /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
                 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
                 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
                 this reloc.  */
                 this reloc.  */
              if (sreloc == NULL)
              if (sreloc == NULL)
                {
                {
                  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
                  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
                    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
                    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
 
 
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
                    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE);
                    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE);
 
 
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
                    return FALSE;
                    return FALSE;
                }
                }
 
 
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
              if (h != NULL)
              if (h != NULL)
                {
                {
                  head = &((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
                  head = &((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
                }
                }
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
                     We really need local syms available to do this
                     We really need local syms available to do this
                     easily.  Oh well.  */
                     easily.  Oh well.  */
                  void **vpp;
                  void **vpp;
                  asection *s;
                  asection *s;
 
 
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
                  if (isym == NULL)
                  if (isym == NULL)
                    return FALSE;
                    return FALSE;
 
 
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
                  if (s == NULL)
                  if (s == NULL)
                    s = sec;
                    s = sec;
 
 
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
                  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp;
                  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp;
                }
                }
 
 
              p = *head;
              p = *head;
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
                {
                {
                  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
                  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
                  p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj,
                  p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj,
                                                           amt);
                                                           amt);
                  if (p == NULL)
                  if (p == NULL)
                    return FALSE;
                    return FALSE;
                  p->next = *head;
                  p->next = *head;
                  *head = p;
                  *head = p;
                  p->sec = sec;
                  p->sec = sec;
                  p->count = 0;
                  p->count = 0;
                  p->pc_count = 0;
                  p->pc_count = 0;
                }
                }
 
 
              p->count += 1;
              p->count += 1;
              if (r_type == R_386_PC32)
              if (r_type == R_386_PC32)
                p->pc_count += 1;
                p->pc_count += 1;
            }
            }
          break;
          break;
 
 
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
        case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
        case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
          break;
          break;
 
 
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
        case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
        case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
          if (h != NULL
          if (h != NULL
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        default:
        default:
          break;
          break;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   relocation.  */
   relocation.  */
 
 
static asection *
static asection *
elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
                       struct bfd_link_info *info,
                       struct bfd_link_info *info,
                       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
                       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
                       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
                       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
                       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
{
{
  if (h != NULL)
  if (h != NULL)
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
      {
      {
      case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
      case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
      case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
      case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
        return NULL;
        return NULL;
      }
      }
 
 
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
}
}
 
 
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
                        struct bfd_link_info *info,
                        struct bfd_link_info *info,
                        asection *sec,
                        asection *sec,
                        const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
                        const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
 
 
  if (info->relocatable)
  if (info->relocatable)
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
 
 
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
 
 
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
    {
    {
      unsigned long r_symndx;
      unsigned long r_symndx;
      unsigned int r_type;
      unsigned int r_type;
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
 
 
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
        {
        {
          struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
          struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 
 
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
          eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
          eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
 
 
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
            if (p->sec == sec)
            if (p->sec == sec)
              {
              {
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
                *pp = p->next;
                *pp = p->next;
                break;
                break;
              }
              }
        }
        }
 
 
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
      if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
      if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
                                     symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                     symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                     &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
                                     &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
                                     rel, relend, h, r_symndx))
                                     rel, relend, h, r_symndx))
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
 
 
      switch (r_type)
      switch (r_type)
        {
        {
        case R_386_TLS_LDM:
        case R_386_TLS_LDM:
          if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
          if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
            htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
            htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_GD:
        case R_386_TLS_GD:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
        case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
        case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
        case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_IE:
        case R_386_TLS_IE:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
        case R_386_GOT32:
        case R_386_GOT32:
          if (h != NULL)
          if (h != NULL)
            {
            {
              if (h->got.refcount > 0)
              if (h->got.refcount > 0)
                h->got.refcount -= 1;
                h->got.refcount -= 1;
            }
            }
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
            {
            {
              if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
              if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
            }
            }
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_32:
        case R_386_32:
        case R_386_PC32:
        case R_386_PC32:
          if (info->shared)
          if (info->shared)
            break;
            break;
          /* Fall through */
          /* Fall through */
 
 
        case R_386_PLT32:
        case R_386_PLT32:
          if (h != NULL)
          if (h != NULL)
            {
            {
              if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
              if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
                h->plt.refcount -= 1;
                h->plt.refcount -= 1;
            }
            }
          break;
          break;
 
 
        default:
        default:
          break;
          break;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   understand.  */
   understand.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
                                struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
                                struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  asection *s;
  asection *s;
 
 
  /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
  /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
    {
    {
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
        {
        {
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
          h->needs_plt = 0;
          h->needs_plt = 0;
        }
        }
      return TRUE;
      return TRUE;
    }
    }
 
 
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
      || h->needs_plt)
      || h->needs_plt)
    {
    {
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
          || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
          || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
          || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
          || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
        {
        {
          /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
          /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
             file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
             file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
             object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
             object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
             such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
             such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
             linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead.  */
             linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead.  */
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
          h->needs_plt = 0;
          h->needs_plt = 0;
        }
        }
 
 
      return TRUE;
      return TRUE;
    }
    }
  else
  else
    /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was
    /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was
       needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in
       needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in
       check_relocs.  We can't decide accurately between function and
       check_relocs.  We can't decide accurately between function and
       non-function syms in check-relocs;  Objects loaded later in
       non-function syms in check-relocs;  Objects loaded later in
       the link may change h->type.  So fix it now.  */
       the link may change h->type.  So fix it now.  */
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 
 
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
    {
    {
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
      if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc)
      if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc)
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
      return TRUE;
      return TRUE;
    }
    }
 
 
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
     is not a function.  */
     is not a function.  */
 
 
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
  if (info->shared)
  if (info->shared)
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
  if (info->nocopyreloc)
  if (info->nocopyreloc)
    {
    {
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
      return TRUE;
      return TRUE;
    }
    }
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  /* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
  /* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
     we can keep the dynamic relocs and avoid the copy reloc.  This
     we can keep the dynamic relocs and avoid the copy reloc.  This
     doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic relocations
     doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic relocations
     (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an executable.  */
     (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an executable.  */
  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !htab->is_vxworks)
  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !htab->is_vxworks)
    {
    {
      struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry * eh;
      struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry * eh;
      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 
 
      eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
      eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
      for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
      for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
        {
        {
          s = p->sec->output_section;
          s = p->sec->output_section;
          if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
          if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
            break;
            break;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (p == NULL)
      if (p == NULL)
        {
        {
          h->non_got_ref = 0;
          h->non_got_ref = 0;
          return TRUE;
          return TRUE;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  if (h->size == 0)
  if (h->size == 0)
    {
    {
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
                             h->root.root.string);
                             h->root.root.string);
      return TRUE;
      return TRUE;
    }
    }
 
 
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
     same memory location for the variable.  */
     same memory location for the variable.  */
 
 
  /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
  /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
     runtime process image.  */
     runtime process image.  */
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
    {
    {
      htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      h->needs_copy = 1;
      h->needs_copy = 1;
    }
    }
 
 
  s = htab->sdynbss;
  s = htab->sdynbss;
 
 
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
}
}
 
 
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   dynamic relocs.  */
   dynamic relocs.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
{
{
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 
 
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
    /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
    /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
       entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
       entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
       symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */
       symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
  eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
  eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
 
 
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
  /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
     here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object.  */
     here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object.  */
  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
      && h->def_regular)
      && h->def_regular)
    return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
    return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
                                               &eh->dyn_relocs,
                                               &eh->dyn_relocs,
                                               PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, 4);
                                               PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, 4);
  else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
  else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
           && h->plt.refcount > 0)
           && h->plt.refcount > 0)
    {
    {
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
      if (h->dynindx == -1
      if (h->dynindx == -1
          && !h->forced_local)
          && !h->forced_local)
        {
        {
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (info->shared
      if (info->shared
          || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
          || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
        {
        {
          asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
          asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
 
 
          /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
          /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
             first entry.  */
             first entry.  */
          if (s->size == 0)
          if (s->size == 0)
            s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
            s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 
 
          h->plt.offset = s->size;
          h->plt.offset = s->size;
 
 
          /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
          /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
             not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
             not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
             location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
             location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
             pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
             pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
             the shared library.  */
             the shared library.  */
          if (! info->shared
          if (! info->shared
              && !h->def_regular)
              && !h->def_regular)
            {
            {
              h->root.u.def.section = s;
              h->root.u.def.section = s;
              h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
              h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
            }
            }
 
 
          /* Make room for this entry.  */
          /* Make room for this entry.  */
          s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
          s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 
 
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
             will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
             will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
          htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
          htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
 
 
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
          htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
          htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
          htab->next_tls_desc_index++;
          htab->next_tls_desc_index++;
 
 
          if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
          if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
            {
            {
              /* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry
              /* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry
                 in executables.  They go in a separate relocation section,
                 in executables.  They go in a separate relocation section,
                 which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
                 which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
 
 
              /* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an
              /* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an
                 R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an
                 R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an
                 R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
                 R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
 
 
              if (h->plt.offset == PLT_ENTRY_SIZE)
              if (h->plt.offset == PLT_ENTRY_SIZE)
                htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
                htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
 
 
              /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry:
              /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry:
                 an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32
                 an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32
                 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
                 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
 
 
              htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
              htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
            }
            }
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
          h->needs_plt = 0;
          h->needs_plt = 0;
        }
        }
    }
    }
  else
  else
    {
    {
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
      h->needs_plt = 0;
      h->needs_plt = 0;
    }
    }
 
 
  eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
  eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
 
 
  /* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary,
  /* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary,
     make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry.  */
     make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry.  */
  if (h->got.refcount > 0
  if (h->got.refcount > 0
      && info->executable
      && info->executable
      && h->dynindx == -1
      && h->dynindx == -1
      && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
      && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
  else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
  else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
    {
    {
      asection *s;
      asection *s;
      bfd_boolean dyn;
      bfd_boolean dyn;
      int tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
      int tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
 
 
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
      if (h->dynindx == -1
      if (h->dynindx == -1
          && !h->forced_local)
          && !h->forced_local)
        {
        {
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
        }
        }
 
 
      s = htab->elf.sgot;
      s = htab->elf.sgot;
      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
        {
        {
          eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
          eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
            - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
            - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
          htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
          htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
          h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
          h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
        }
        }
      if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
      if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
          || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
          || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
        {
        {
          h->got.offset = s->size;
          h->got.offset = s->size;
          s->size += 4;
          s->size += 4;
          /* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
          /* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
          if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
          if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
            s->size += 4;
            s->size += 4;
        }
        }
      dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
      dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
      /* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation,
      /* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation,
         R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation,
         R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation,
         (but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we
         (but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we
         need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if
         need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if
         global.  */
         global.  */
      if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
      if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1)
      else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1)
               || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
               || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
      else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
      else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
               && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
               && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
               && (info->shared
               && (info->shared
                   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
                   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
        htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
        htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
        htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
    }
    }
  else
  else
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 
 
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
    return TRUE;
    return TRUE;
 
 
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
     visibility changes.  */
     visibility changes.  */
 
 
  if (info->shared)
  if (info->shared)
    {
    {
      /* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will
      /* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will
         appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .".  We
         appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .".  We
         want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the
         want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the
         function rather than going via the plt.  If people want
         function rather than going via the plt.  If people want
         function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they
         function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they
         should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .".  */
         should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .".  */
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
        {
        {
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
 
 
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
            {
            {
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
              p->pc_count = 0;
              p->pc_count = 0;
              if (p->count == 0)
              if (p->count == 0)
                *pp = p->next;
                *pp = p->next;
              else
              else
                pp = &p->next;
                pp = &p->next;
            }
            }
        }
        }
 
 
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
        {
        {
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
            {
            {
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
                *pp = p->next;
                *pp = p->next;
              else
              else
                pp = &p->next;
                pp = &p->next;
            }
            }
        }
        }
 
 
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
         visibility.  */
         visibility.  */
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
        {
        {
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
 
 
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
             symbol in PIEs.  */
             symbol in PIEs.  */
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
                   && !h->forced_local)
                   && !h->forced_local)
            {
            {
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
            }
            }
        }
        }
    }
    }
  else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
  else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
    {
    {
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
         dynamic.  */
         dynamic.  */
 
 
      if (!h->non_got_ref
      if (!h->non_got_ref
          && ((h->def_dynamic
          && ((h->def_dynamic
               && !h->def_regular)
               && !h->def_regular)
              || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
              || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
        {
        {
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
          if (h->dynindx == -1
          if (h->dynindx == -1
              && !h->forced_local)
              && !h->forced_local)
            {
            {
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
            }
            }
 
 
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
             relocs.  */
             relocs.  */
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
            goto keep;
            goto keep;
        }
        }
 
 
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
 
 
    keep: ;
    keep: ;
    }
    }
 
 
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
    {
    {
      asection *sreloc;
      asection *sreloc;
 
 
      sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
      sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
 
 
      BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
      BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
    }
    }
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   local dynamic relocs.  */
   local dynamic relocs.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
{
{
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
 
 
  if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
  if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
      || !h->def_regular
      || !h->def_regular
      || !h->ref_regular
      || !h->ref_regular
      || !h->forced_local
      || !h->forced_local
      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
    abort ();
    abort ();
 
 
  return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
  return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
}
}
 
 
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 
 
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
 
 
  eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
  eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
    {
    {
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
 
 
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
        {
        {
          struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
          struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
 
 
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
 
 
          /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
          /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
          return FALSE;
          return FALSE;
        }
        }
    }
    }
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                                struct bfd_link_info *info)
                                struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  bfd *dynobj;
  bfd *dynobj;
  asection *s;
  asection *s;
  bfd_boolean relocs;
  bfd_boolean relocs;
  bfd *ibfd;
  bfd *ibfd;
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
  dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
  dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
  if (dynobj == NULL)
  if (dynobj == NULL)
    abort ();
    abort ();
 
 
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
    {
    {
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
      if (info->executable)
      if (info->executable)
        {
        {
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
          if (s == NULL)
          if (s == NULL)
            abort ();
            abort ();
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
     relocs.  */
     relocs.  */
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
    {
    {
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
      char *local_tls_type;
      char *local_tls_type;
      bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
      bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
      asection *srel;
      asection *srel;
 
 
      if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd))
      if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd))
        continue;
        continue;
 
 
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
        {
        {
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
          struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 
 
          for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
          for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
                     elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
                     elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
               p != NULL;
               p != NULL;
               p = p->next)
               p = p->next)
            {
            {
              if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
              if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
                {
                {
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
                     the relocs too.  */
                     the relocs too.  */
                }
                }
              else if (htab->is_vxworks
              else if (htab->is_vxworks
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
                {
                {
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
                }
                }
              else if (p->count != 0)
              else if (p->count != 0)
                {
                {
                  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
                  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
                  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
                }
                }
            }
            }
        }
        }
 
 
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
      if (!local_got)
      if (!local_got)
        continue;
        continue;
 
 
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
      end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
      end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
      local_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
      local_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
      local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
      local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
      s = htab->elf.sgot;
      s = htab->elf.sgot;
      srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
      srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
      for (; local_got < end_local_got;
      for (; local_got < end_local_got;
           ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent)
           ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent)
        {
        {
          *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
          *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
          if (*local_got > 0)
          if (*local_got > 0)
            {
            {
              if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
              if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
                {
                {
                  *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
                  *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
                    - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
                    - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
                  htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
                  htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
                  *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
                  *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
                }
                }
              if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)
              if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)
                  || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
                  || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
                {
                {
                  *local_got = s->size;
                  *local_got = s->size;
                  s->size += 4;
                  s->size += 4;
                  if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
                  if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
                      || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                      || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                    s->size += 4;
                    s->size += 4;
                }
                }
              if (info->shared
              if (info->shared
                  || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type)
                  || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type)
                  || (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
                  || (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
                {
                {
                  if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                  if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                    srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                    srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
                  else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
                           || ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
                           || ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
                    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
                  if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
                    htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                    htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                }
                }
            }
            }
          else
          else
            *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
            *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
    {
    {
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM
         relocs.  */
         relocs.  */
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
      htab->elf.sgot->size += 8;
      htab->elf.sgot->size += 8;
      htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
    }
    }
  else
  else
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
 
 
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info);
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info);
 
 
  /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols.  */
  /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols.  */
  htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
  htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
                 elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs,
                 elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs,
                 info);
                 info);
 
 
  /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
  /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
     incremented.  However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
     incremented.  However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
     it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
     it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
     for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
     for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
     slot size.  */
     slot size.  */
  if (htab->elf.srelplt)
  if (htab->elf.srelplt)
    htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4;
    htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4;
 
 
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
     Allocate memory for them.  */
     Allocate memory for them.  */
  relocs = FALSE;
  relocs = FALSE;
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
    {
    {
      bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
      bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
 
 
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
        continue;
        continue;
 
 
      if (s == htab->elf.splt
      if (s == htab->elf.splt
          || s == htab->elf.sgot
          || s == htab->elf.sgot
          || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
          || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
          || s == htab->elf.iplt
          || s == htab->elf.iplt
          || s == htab->elf.igotplt
          || s == htab->elf.igotplt
          || s == htab->sdynbss)
          || s == htab->sdynbss)
        {
        {
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
             comment below.  */
             comment below.  */
          /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
          /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
             we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
             we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
             It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols.  */
             It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols.  */
 
 
          if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
          if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
            strip_section = FALSE;
            strip_section = FALSE;
        }
        }
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel"))
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel"))
        {
        {
          if (s->size != 0
          if (s->size != 0
              && s != htab->elf.srelplt
              && s != htab->elf.srelplt
              && s != htab->srelplt2)
              && s != htab->srelplt2)
            relocs = TRUE;
            relocs = TRUE;
 
 
          /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
          /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
             to copy relocs into the output file.  */
             to copy relocs into the output file.  */
          s->reloc_count = 0;
          s->reloc_count = 0;
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
          continue;
          continue;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (s->size == 0)
      if (s->size == 0)
        {
        {
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and
             .rel.plt.  We must create both sections in
             .rel.plt.  We must create both sections in
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
             before the linker maps input sections to output
             before the linker maps input sections to output
             sections.  The linker does that before
             sections.  The linker does that before
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
             into these sections.  */
             into these sections.  */
          if (strip_section)
          if (strip_section)
            s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
            s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
          continue;
          continue;
        }
        }
 
 
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
        continue;
        continue;
 
 
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
         here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
         here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
         section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
         section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
         but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead
         but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead
         of garbage.  */
         of garbage.  */
      s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
      s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
      if (s->contents == NULL)
      if (s->contents == NULL)
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
    }
    }
 
 
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
    {
    {
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
         values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
         values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
 
 
      if (info->executable)
      if (info->executable)
        {
        {
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
      if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
        {
        {
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (relocs)
      if (relocs)
        {
        {
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0)
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0)
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)))
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
          /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
             then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
             then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
            elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
            elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
                                    elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs, info);
                                    elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs, info);
 
 
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
            {
            {
              if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
              if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
            }
            }
        }
        }
      if (htab->is_vxworks
      if (htab->is_vxworks
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
        return FALSE;
        return FALSE;
    }
    }
#undef add_dynamic_entry
#undef add_dynamic_entry
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
elf_i386_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
                               struct bfd_link_info *info)
                               struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
{
  asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
  asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
 
 
  if (tls_sec)
  if (tls_sec)
    {
    {
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
 
 
      tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
      tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
                                      "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_",
                                      "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_",
                                      FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
                                      FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
 
 
      if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS)
      if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS)
        {
        {
          struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
          struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
          struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
          struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
          const struct elf_backend_data *bed
          const struct elf_backend_data *bed
            = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
            = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
 
 
          htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
          htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
          if (htab == NULL)
          if (htab == NULL)
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
          if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
                (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
                (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
                 tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
                 tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
                 bed->collect, &bh)))
                 bed->collect, &bh)))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          htab->tls_module_base = bh;
          htab->tls_module_base = bh;
 
 
          tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
          tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
          tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
          tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
          tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
          tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
          (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
          (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section.  We do this by the
/* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section.  We do this by the
   section name, which is a hack, but ought to work.  */
   section name, which is a hack, but ought to work.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                        Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
                        Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
                        asection *sec)
                        asection *sec)
{
{
  const char *name;
  const char *name;
 
 
  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
 
 
  /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is
  /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is
     needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells
     needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells
     elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section
     elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section
     containing ELF relocation info.  We need this hack in order to
     containing ELF relocation info.  We need this hack in order to
     be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into
     be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into
     EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects).  Those
     EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects).  Those
     files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object,
     files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object,
     which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would
     which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would
     attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation
     attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation
     entries for section "oc".  With this hack enabled, ".reloc"
     entries for section "oc".  With this hack enabled, ".reloc"
     will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the
     will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the
     segfault.  However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary
     segfault.  However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary
     with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's
     with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's
     the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section
     the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section
     types based on their names...  In practice, this limitation is
     types based on their names...  In practice, this limitation is
     unlikely to bite.  */
     unlikely to bite.  */
  if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0)
  if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0)
    hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
    hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking
/* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking
   executables.  Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS
   executables.  Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS
   section, we have to set it to the end.    This function may be called
   section, we have to set it to the end.    This function may be called
   multiple times, it is idempotent.  */
   multiple times, it is idempotent.  */
 
 
static void
static void
elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base;
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base;
 
 
  if (!info->executable)
  if (!info->executable)
    return;
    return;
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return;
    return;
 
 
  base = htab->tls_module_base;
  base = htab->tls_module_base;
  if (base == NULL)
  if (base == NULL)
    return;
    return;
 
 
  base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size;
  base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size;
}
}
 
 
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
 
 
static bfd_vma
static bfd_vma
elf_i386_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
elf_i386_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
{
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
    return 0;
    return 0;
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
}
}
 
 
/* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
/* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
   if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS.  */
   if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS.  */
 
 
static bfd_vma
static bfd_vma
elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
{
{
  struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
  struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
 
 
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
  if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
  if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
    return 0;
    return 0;
  return htab->tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address;
  return htab->tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address;
}
}
 
 
/* Relocate an i386 ELF section.  */
/* Relocate an i386 ELF section.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
                           struct bfd_link_info *info,
                           struct bfd_link_info *info,
                           bfd *input_bfd,
                           bfd *input_bfd,
                           asection *input_section,
                           asection *input_section,
                           bfd_byte *contents,
                           bfd_byte *contents,
                           Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
                           Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
                           Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
                           Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
                           asection **local_sections)
                           asection **local_sections)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
  bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents;
  bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents;
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
  Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
  Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
 
 
  BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd));
  BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd));
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
  local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
  local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
                                ".tls_vars"));
                                ".tls_vars"));
 
 
  elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (info);
  elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (info);
 
 
  rel = relocs;
  rel = relocs;
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
    {
    {
      unsigned int r_type;
      unsigned int r_type;
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
      unsigned long r_symndx;
      unsigned long r_symndx;
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
      asection *sec;
      asection *sec;
      bfd_vma off, offplt;
      bfd_vma off, offplt;
      bfd_vma relocation;
      bfd_vma relocation;
      bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
      bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
      unsigned int indx;
      unsigned int indx;
      int tls_type;
      int tls_type;
 
 
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
      if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT
      if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT
          || r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY)
          || r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY)
        continue;
        continue;
 
 
      if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
      if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
          && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
          && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
              >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
              >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
          && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
          && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
              >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext))
              >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext))
        {
        {
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
            (_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"),
            (_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"),
             input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
             input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
          return FALSE;
          return FALSE;
        }
        }
      howto = elf_howto_table + indx;
      howto = elf_howto_table + indx;
 
 
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
      h = NULL;
      h = NULL;
      sym = NULL;
      sym = NULL;
      sec = NULL;
      sec = NULL;
      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
        {
        {
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
          relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
          relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
                        + sec->output_offset
                        + sec->output_offset
                        + sym->st_value);
                        + sym->st_value);
 
 
          if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
          if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
              && ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
              && ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
                  || (info->relocatable
                  || (info->relocatable
                      && sec->output_offset != 0)))
                      && sec->output_offset != 0)))
            {
            {
              bfd_vma addend;
              bfd_vma addend;
              bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset;
              bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset;
 
 
              switch (howto->size)
              switch (howto->size)
                {
                {
                case 0:
                case 0:
                  addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where);
                  addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where);
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                    {
                    {
                      addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80;
                      addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80;
                      addend += 1;
                      addend += 1;
                    }
                    }
                  break;
                  break;
                case 1:
                case 1:
                  addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where);
                  addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where);
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                    {
                    {
                      addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
                      addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
                      addend += 2;
                      addend += 2;
                    }
                    }
                  break;
                  break;
                case 2:
                case 2:
                  addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where);
                  addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where);
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                    {
                    {
                      addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
                      addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
                      addend += 4;
                      addend += 4;
                    }
                    }
                  break;
                  break;
                default:
                default:
                  abort ();
                  abort ();
                }
                }
 
 
              if (info->relocatable)
              if (info->relocatable)
                addend += sec->output_offset;
                addend += sec->output_offset;
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  asection *msec = sec;
                  asection *msec = sec;
                  addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec,
                  addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec,
                                                   addend);
                                                   addend);
                  addend -= relocation;
                  addend -= relocation;
                  addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
                  addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
                }
                }
 
 
              switch (howto->size)
              switch (howto->size)
                {
                {
                case 0:
                case 0:
                  /* FIXME: overflow checks.  */
                  /* FIXME: overflow checks.  */
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                    addend -= 1;
                    addend -= 1;
                  bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where);
                  bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where);
                  break;
                  break;
                case 1:
                case 1:
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                    addend -= 2;
                    addend -= 2;
                  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where);
                  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where);
                  break;
                  break;
                case 2:
                case 2:
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                  if (howto->pc_relative)
                    addend -= 4;
                    addend -= 4;
                  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where);
                  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where);
                  break;
                  break;
                }
                }
            }
            }
          else if (!info->relocatable
          else if (!info->relocatable
                   && ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
                   && ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
            {
            {
              /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
              /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
              h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd,
              h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd,
                                                   rel, FALSE);
                                                   rel, FALSE);
              if (h == NULL)
              if (h == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
 
 
              /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
              /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
              h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
              h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
              h->root.u.def.section = sec;
              h->root.u.def.section = sec;
            }
            }
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          bfd_boolean warned;
          bfd_boolean warned;
 
 
          RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
          RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
                                   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                   h, sec, relocation,
                                   h, sec, relocation,
                                   unresolved_reloc, warned);
                                   unresolved_reloc, warned);
        }
        }
 
 
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
        {
        {
          /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
          /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
             or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
             or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
             section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
             section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
          _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
          _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
          rel->r_info = 0;
          rel->r_info = 0;
          rel->r_addend = 0;
          rel->r_addend = 0;
          continue;
          continue;
        }
        }
 
 
      if (info->relocatable)
      if (info->relocatable)
        continue;
        continue;
 
 
      /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
      /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
         it here if it is defined in a non-shared object.  */
         it here if it is defined in a non-shared object.  */
      if (h != NULL
      if (h != NULL
          && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
          && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
          && h->def_regular)
          && h->def_regular)
        {
        {
          asection *plt, *gotplt, *base_got;
          asection *plt, *gotplt, *base_got;
          bfd_vma plt_index;
          bfd_vma plt_index;
          const char *name;
          const char *name;
 
 
          if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
          if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
              || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
              || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
            abort ();
            abort ();
 
 
          /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
          /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
          if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
          if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
            {
            {
              plt = htab->elf.splt;
              plt = htab->elf.splt;
              gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
              gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            {
            {
              plt = htab->elf.iplt;
              plt = htab->elf.iplt;
              gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
              gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
            }
            }
 
 
          relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
          relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
                        + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
                        + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
 
 
          switch (r_type)
          switch (r_type)
            {
            {
            default:
            default:
              if (h->root.root.string)
              if (h->root.root.string)
                name = h->root.root.string;
                name = h->root.root.string;
              else
              else
                name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
                name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
                                         NULL);
                                         NULL);
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
                (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
                (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
                   "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd,
                   "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd,
                 elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
                 elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
                 name, __FUNCTION__);
                 name, __FUNCTION__);
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
              return FALSE;
              return FALSE;
 
 
            case R_386_32:
            case R_386_32:
              /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a
              /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a
                 non-GOF reference in a shared object.  */
                 non-GOF reference in a shared object.  */
              if (info->shared && h->non_got_ref)
              if (info->shared && h->non_got_ref)
                {
                {
                  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
                  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
                  bfd_byte *loc;
                  bfd_byte *loc;
                  asection *sreloc;
                  asection *sreloc;
                  bfd_vma offset;
                  bfd_vma offset;
 
 
                  /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function
                  /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function
                     adddress.  */
                     adddress.  */
                  offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd,
                  offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd,
                                                    info,
                                                    info,
                                                    input_section,
                                                    input_section,
                                                    rel->r_offset);
                                                    rel->r_offset);
                  if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1
                  if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1
                      || offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
                      || offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
                    abort ();
                    abort ();
 
 
                  outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
                  outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
                                     + input_section->output_offset
                                     + input_section->output_offset
                                     + offset);
                                     + offset);
 
 
                  if (h->dynindx == -1
                  if (h->dynindx == -1
                      || h->forced_local
                      || h->forced_local
                      || info->executable)
                      || info->executable)
                    {
                    {
                      /* This symbol is resolved locally.  */
                      /* This symbol is resolved locally.  */
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                                  (h->root.u.def.value
                                  (h->root.u.def.value
                                   + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
                                   + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
                                   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
                                   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
                                  contents + offset);
                                  contents + offset);
                    }
                    }
                  else
                  else
                    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
                    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
 
 
                  sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
                  sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
                  loc = sreloc->contents;
                  loc = sreloc->contents;
                  loc += (sreloc->reloc_count++
                  loc += (sreloc->reloc_count++
                          * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
                          * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 
 
                  /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we
                  /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we
                     do not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise,
                     do not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise,
                     we need to include the symbol value so that it
                     we need to include the symbol value so that it
                     becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc.  For an
                     becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc.  For an
                     internal symbol, we have updated addend.  */
                     internal symbol, we have updated addend.  */
                  continue;
                  continue;
                }
                }
 
 
            case R_386_PC32:
            case R_386_PC32:
            case R_386_PLT32:
            case R_386_PLT32:
              goto do_relocation;
              goto do_relocation;
 
 
            case R_386_GOT32:
            case R_386_GOT32:
              base_got = htab->elf.sgot;
              base_got = htab->elf.sgot;
              off = h->got.offset;
              off = h->got.offset;
 
 
              if (base_got == NULL)
              if (base_got == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
 
 
              if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
              if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
                {
                {
                  /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or
                  /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or
                     even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol
                     even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol
                     would use that as offset into .got.  */
                     would use that as offset into .got.  */
 
 
                  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
                  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
                    {
                    {
                      plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
                      plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
                      off = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
                      off = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
                      base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt;
                      base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt;
                    }
                    }
                  else
                  else
                    {
                    {
                      plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
                      plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
                      off = plt_index * 4;
                      off = plt_index * 4;
                      base_got = htab->elf.igotplt;
                      base_got = htab->elf.igotplt;
                    }
                    }
 
 
                  if (h->dynindx == -1
                  if (h->dynindx == -1
                      || h->forced_local
                      || h->forced_local
                      || info->symbolic)
                      || info->symbolic)
                    {
                    {
                      /* This references the local defitionion.  We must
                      /* This references the local defitionion.  We must
                         initialize this entry in the global offset table.
                         initialize this entry in the global offset table.
                         Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8,
                         Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8,
                         we use the least significant bit to record
                         we use the least significant bit to record
                         whether we have initialized it already.
                         whether we have initialized it already.
 
 
                         When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
                         When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
                         relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
                         relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
                         is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.   */
                         is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.   */
                      if ((off & 1) != 0)
                      if ((off & 1) != 0)
                        off &= ~1;
                        off &= ~1;
                      else
                      else
                        {
                        {
                          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
                          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
                                      base_got->contents + off);
                                      base_got->contents + off);
                          h->got.offset |= 1;
                          h->got.offset |= 1;
                        }
                        }
                    }
                    }
 
 
                  relocation = off;
                  relocation = off;
 
 
                  /* Adjust for static executables.  */
                  /* Adjust for static executables.  */
                  if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
                  if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
                    relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
                    relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
                }
                }
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma
                  relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma
                                + base_got->output_offset + off
                                + base_got->output_offset + off
                                - gotplt->output_section->vma
                                - gotplt->output_section->vma
                                - gotplt->output_offset);
                                - gotplt->output_offset);
                  /* Adjust for static executables.  */
                  /* Adjust for static executables.  */
                  if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
                  if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
                    relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
                    relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
                }
                }
 
 
              goto do_relocation;
              goto do_relocation;
 
 
            case R_386_GOTOFF:
            case R_386_GOTOFF:
              relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma
              relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma
                             + gotplt->output_offset);
                             + gotplt->output_offset);
              goto do_relocation;
              goto do_relocation;
            }
            }
        }
        }
 
 
      switch (r_type)
      switch (r_type)
        {
        {
        case R_386_GOT32:
        case R_386_GOT32:
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
             offset table.  */
             offset table.  */
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
            abort ();
            abort ();
 
 
          if (h != NULL)
          if (h != NULL)
            {
            {
              bfd_boolean dyn;
              bfd_boolean dyn;
 
 
              off = h->got.offset;
              off = h->got.offset;
              dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
              dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
              if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
              if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
                  || (info->shared
                  || (info->shared
                      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
                      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
                {
                {
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
                     because of a version file.  We must initialize
                     because of a version file.  We must initialize
                     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
                     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
                     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
                     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
                     least significant bit to record whether we have
                     least significant bit to record whether we have
                     initialized it already.
                     initialized it already.
 
 
                     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got
                     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got
                     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
                     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
                     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
                     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
                  if ((off & 1) != 0)
                  if ((off & 1) != 0)
                    off &= ~1;
                    off &= ~1;
                  else
                  else
                    {
                    {
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
                                  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
                                  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
                      h->got.offset |= 1;
                      h->got.offset |= 1;
                    }
                    }
                }
                }
              else
              else
                unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
                unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            {
            {
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
 
 
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
 
 
              /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
              /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
                 the least significant bit to record whether we have
                 the least significant bit to record whether we have
                 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
                 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
              if ((off & 1) != 0)
              if ((off & 1) != 0)
                off &= ~1;
                off &= ~1;
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
                              htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
                              htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
 
 
                  if (info->shared)
                  if (info->shared)
                    {
                    {
                      asection *s;
                      asection *s;
                      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
                      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
                      bfd_byte *loc;
                      bfd_byte *loc;
 
 
                      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
                      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
                      if (s == NULL)
                      if (s == NULL)
                        abort ();
                        abort ();
 
 
                      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                                         + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
                                         + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
                                         + off);
                                         + off);
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
                      loc = s->contents;
                      loc = s->contents;
                      loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                      loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                    }
                    }
 
 
                  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
                  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
                }
                }
            }
            }
 
 
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
            abort ();
            abort ();
 
 
          relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
          relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                       + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                       + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_GOTOFF:
        case R_386_GOTOFF:
          /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
          /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
             table.  */
             table.  */
 
 
          /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function symbol
          /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function symbol
             for shared library since it may not be local when used
             for shared library since it may not be local when used
             as function address.  We also need to make sure that a
             as function address.  We also need to make sure that a
             symbol is defined locally.  */
             symbol is defined locally.  */
          if (info->shared && h)
          if (info->shared && h)
            {
            {
              if (!h->def_regular)
              if (!h->def_regular)
                {
                {
                  const char *v;
                  const char *v;
 
 
                  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
                  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
                    {
                    {
                    case STV_HIDDEN:
                    case STV_HIDDEN:
                      v = _("hidden symbol");
                      v = _("hidden symbol");
                      break;
                      break;
                    case STV_INTERNAL:
                    case STV_INTERNAL:
                      v = _("internal symbol");
                      v = _("internal symbol");
                      break;
                      break;
                    case STV_PROTECTED:
                    case STV_PROTECTED:
                      v = _("protected symbol");
                      v = _("protected symbol");
                      break;
                      break;
                    default:
                    default:
                      v = _("symbol");
                      v = _("symbol");
                      break;
                      break;
                    }
                    }
 
 
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
                    (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
                    (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
                     input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string);
                     input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string);
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
                  return FALSE;
                  return FALSE;
                }
                }
              else if (!info->executable
              else if (!info->executable
                       && h->type == STT_FUNC
                       && h->type == STT_FUNC
                       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED)
                       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED)
                {
                {
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
                    (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected function `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
                    (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected function `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
                     input_bfd, h->root.root.string);
                     input_bfd, h->root.root.string);
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
                  return FALSE;
                  return FALSE;
                }
                }
            }
            }
 
 
          /* Note that sgot is not involved in this
          /* Note that sgot is not involved in this
             calculation.  We always want the start of .got.plt.  If we
             calculation.  We always want the start of .got.plt.  If we
             defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is
             defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is
             permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
             permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
             calculation.  */
             calculation.  */
          relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
          relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                        + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
                        + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_GOTPC:
        case R_386_GOTPC:
          /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
          /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
          relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
          relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                       + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
                       + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
          unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
          unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_PLT32:
        case R_386_PLT32:
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
             procedure linkage table.  */
             procedure linkage table.  */
 
 
          /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly,
          /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly,
             without using the procedure linkage table.  */
             without using the procedure linkage table.  */
          if (h == NULL)
          if (h == NULL)
            break;
            break;
 
 
          if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
          if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
              || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
              || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
            {
            {
              /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
              /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
                 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
                 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
                 using -Bsymbolic.  */
                 using -Bsymbolic.  */
              break;
              break;
            }
            }
 
 
          relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
          relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
                        + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                        + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                        + h->plt.offset);
                        + h->plt.offset);
          unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
          unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_32:
        case R_386_32:
        case R_386_PC32:
        case R_386_PC32:
          if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
          if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
              || is_vxworks_tls)
              || is_vxworks_tls)
            break;
            break;
 
 
          if ((info->shared
          if ((info->shared
               && (h == NULL
               && (h == NULL
                   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
                   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
               && (r_type != R_386_PC32
               && (r_type != R_386_PC32
                   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
                   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
                  && !info->shared
                  && !info->shared
                  && h != NULL
                  && h != NULL
                  && h->dynindx != -1
                  && h->dynindx != -1
                  && !h->non_got_ref
                  && !h->non_got_ref
                  && ((h->def_dynamic
                  && ((h->def_dynamic
                       && !h->def_regular)
                       && !h->def_regular)
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
            {
            {
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
              bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
              asection *sreloc;
              asection *sreloc;
 
 
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
                 time.  */
                 time.  */
 
 
              skip = FALSE;
              skip = FALSE;
              relocate = FALSE;
              relocate = FALSE;
 
 
              outrel.r_offset =
              outrel.r_offset =
                _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
                _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
                                         rel->r_offset);
                                         rel->r_offset);
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
                skip = TRUE;
                skip = TRUE;
              else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
              else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
                skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
                skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
 
 
              if (skip)
              if (skip)
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
              else if (h != NULL
              else if (h != NULL
                       && h->dynindx != -1
                       && h->dynindx != -1
                       && (r_type == R_386_PC32
                       && (r_type == R_386_PC32
                           || !info->shared
                           || !info->shared
                           || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
                           || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
                           || !h->def_regular))
                           || !h->def_regular))
                outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
                outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
                  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
                  relocate = TRUE;
                  relocate = TRUE;
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
                }
                }
 
 
              sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
              sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
 
 
              BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL && sreloc->contents != NULL);
              BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL && sreloc->contents != NULL);
 
 
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 
 
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 
 
              /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
              /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
                 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
                 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
                 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
                 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
                 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
                 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
              if (! relocate)
              if (! relocate)
                continue;
                continue;
            }
            }
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_IE:
        case R_386_TLS_IE:
          if (!info->executable)
          if (!info->executable)
            {
            {
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              asection *sreloc;
              asection *sreloc;
 
 
              outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
              outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
                                + input_section->output_section->vma
                                + input_section->output_section->vma
                                + input_section->output_offset;
                                + input_section->output_offset;
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
              sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
              sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
              if (sreloc == NULL)
              if (sreloc == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
            }
            }
          /* Fall through */
          /* Fall through */
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_GD:
        case R_386_TLS_GD:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
        case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
        case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
        case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
        case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
          tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
          tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
          if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
          if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
            tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
            tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
          else if (h != NULL)
          else if (h != NULL)
            tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
            tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
          if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
          if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
            tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
            tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
 
 
          if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
          if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
                                         input_section, contents,
                                         input_section, contents,
                                         symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                         symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                         &r_type, tls_type, rel,
                                         &r_type, tls_type, rel,
                                         relend, h, r_symndx))
                                         relend, h, r_symndx))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
          if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
            {
            {
              BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
              BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
              if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
              if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
                {
                {
                  unsigned int type;
                  unsigned int type;
                  bfd_vma roff;
                  bfd_vma roff;
 
 
                  /* GD->LE transition.  */
                  /* GD->LE transition.  */
                  type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                  type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                  if (type == 0x04)
                  if (type == 0x04)
                    {
                    {
                      /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
                      /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
                         Change it into:
                         Change it into:
                         movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
                         movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
                         (6 byte form of subl).  */
                         (6 byte form of subl).  */
                      memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
                      memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
                              "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
                              "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
                      roff = rel->r_offset + 5;
                      roff = rel->r_offset + 5;
                    }
                    }
                  else
                  else
                    {
                    {
                      /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
                      /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
                         Change it into:
                         Change it into:
                         movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
                         movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
                         (6 byte form of subl).  */
                         (6 byte form of subl).  */
                      memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
                      memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
                              "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
                              "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
                      roff = rel->r_offset + 6;
                      roff = rel->r_offset + 6;
                    }
                    }
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                              contents + roff);
                              contents + roff);
                  /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32.  */
                  /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32.  */
                  rel++;
                  rel++;
                  continue;
                  continue;
                }
                }
              else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
              else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
                {
                {
                  /* GDesc -> LE transition.
                  /* GDesc -> LE transition.
                     It's originally something like:
                     It's originally something like:
                     leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
                     leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
 
 
                     leal x@ntpoff, %eax
                     leal x@ntpoff, %eax
 
 
                     Registers other than %eax may be set up here.  */
                     Registers other than %eax may be set up here.  */
 
 
                  unsigned int val;
                  unsigned int val;
                  bfd_vma roff;
                  bfd_vma roff;
 
 
                  roff = rel->r_offset;
                  roff = rel->r_offset;
                  val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1);
                  val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1);
 
 
                  /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
                  /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
                  /* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte
                  /* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte
                     below with 0x86.  */
                     below with 0x86.  */
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86,
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86,
                             contents + roff - 1);
                             contents + roff - 1);
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                              contents + roff);
                              contents + roff);
                  continue;
                  continue;
                }
                }
              else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
              else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
                {
                {
                  /* GDesc -> LE transition.
                  /* GDesc -> LE transition.
                     It's originally:
                     It's originally:
                     call *(%eax)
                     call *(%eax)
                     Turn it into:
                     Turn it into:
                     xchg %ax,%ax  */
                     xchg %ax,%ax  */
 
 
                  bfd_vma roff;
                  bfd_vma roff;
 
 
                  roff = rel->r_offset;
                  roff = rel->r_offset;
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
                  continue;
                  continue;
                }
                }
              else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE)
              else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE)
                {
                {
                  unsigned int val;
                  unsigned int val;
 
 
                  /* IE->LE transition:
                  /* IE->LE transition:
                     Originally it can be one of:
                     Originally it can be one of:
                     movl foo, %eax
                     movl foo, %eax
                     movl foo, %reg
                     movl foo, %reg
                     addl foo, %reg
                     addl foo, %reg
                     We change it into:
                     We change it into:
                     movl $foo, %eax
                     movl $foo, %eax
                     movl $foo, %reg
                     movl $foo, %reg
                     addl $foo, %reg.  */
                     addl $foo, %reg.  */
                  val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                  val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                  if (val == 0xa1)
                  if (val == 0xa1)
                    {
                    {
                      /* movl foo, %eax.  */
                      /* movl foo, %eax.  */
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8,
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8,
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                    }
                    }
                  else
                  else
                    {
                    {
                      unsigned int type;
                      unsigned int type;
 
 
                      type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd,
                      type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd,
                                        contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                                        contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                      switch (type)
                      switch (type)
                        {
                        {
                        case 0x8b:
                        case 0x8b:
                          /* movl */
                          /* movl */
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
                                     0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                                     0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                          break;
                          break;
                        case 0x03:
                        case 0x03:
                          /* addl */
                          /* addl */
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
                          bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
                                     0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                                     0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                                     contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                          break;
                          break;
                        default:
                        default:
                          BFD_FAIL ();
                          BFD_FAIL ();
                          break;
                          break;
                        }
                        }
                    }
                    }
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                              contents + rel->r_offset);
                              contents + rel->r_offset);
                  continue;
                  continue;
                }
                }
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  unsigned int val, type;
                  unsigned int val, type;
 
 
                  /* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition:
                  /* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition:
                     Originally it can be one of:
                     Originally it can be one of:
                     subl foo(%reg1), %reg2
                     subl foo(%reg1), %reg2
                     movl foo(%reg1), %reg2
                     movl foo(%reg1), %reg2
                     addl foo(%reg1), %reg2
                     addl foo(%reg1), %reg2
                     We change it into:
                     We change it into:
                     subl $foo, %reg2
                     subl $foo, %reg2
                     movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form)
                     movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form)
                     addl $foo, %reg2.  */
                     addl $foo, %reg2.  */
                  type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                  type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                  val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                  val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                  if (type == 0x8b)
                  if (type == 0x8b)
                    {
                    {
                      /* movl */
                      /* movl */
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                    }
                    }
                  else if (type == 0x2b)
                  else if (type == 0x2b)
                    {
                    {
                      /* subl */
                      /* subl */
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                    }
                    }
                  else if (type == 0x03)
                  else if (type == 0x03)
                    {
                    {
                      /* addl */
                      /* addl */
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                                 contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
                    }
                    }
                  else
                  else
                    BFD_FAIL ();
                    BFD_FAIL ();
                  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
                  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                                contents + rel->r_offset);
                                contents + rel->r_offset);
                  else
                  else
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
                                contents + rel->r_offset);
                                contents + rel->r_offset);
                  continue;
                  continue;
                }
                }
            }
            }
 
 
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
            abort ();
            abort ();
 
 
          if (h != NULL)
          if (h != NULL)
            {
            {
              off = h->got.offset;
              off = h->got.offset;
              offplt = elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
              offplt = elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            {
            {
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
 
 
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
              offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
              offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
            }
            }
 
 
          if ((off & 1) != 0)
          if ((off & 1) != 0)
            off &= ~1;
            off &= ~1;
          else
          else
            {
            {
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              int dr_type;
              int dr_type;
              asection *sreloc;
              asection *sreloc;
 
 
              if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
              if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
 
 
              indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
              indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
 
 
              if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
              if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
                {
                {
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC);
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC);
                  BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8
                  BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8
                              <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size);
                              <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size);
                  outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                  outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                                     + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                                     + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                                     + offplt
                                     + offplt
                                     + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
                                     + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
                  sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt;
                  sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt;
                  loc = sreloc->contents;
                  loc = sreloc->contents;
                  loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++
                  loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++
                          * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
                          * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
                  BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
                  BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
                              <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
                              <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                  if (indx == 0)
                  if (indx == 0)
                    {
                    {
                      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
                      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                                  relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
                                  relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
                                  htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
                                  htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
                                  + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
                                  + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
                    }
                    }
                  else
                  else
                    {
                    {
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                                  htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
                                  htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
                                  + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
                                  + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
                    }
                    }
                }
                }
 
 
              sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
              sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
 
 
              outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
              outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                                 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
                                 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
 
 
              if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
              if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
                dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32;
                dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32;
              else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
              else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
                goto dr_done;
                goto dr_done;
              else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
              else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
                dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF;
                dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF;
              else
              else
                dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32;
                dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32;
 
 
              if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0)
              if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0)
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                            relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
                            relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
                            htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
                            htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
              else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
              else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                            elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation,
                            elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation,
                            htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
                            htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
              else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC)
              else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC)
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                            htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
                            htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
 
 
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
              BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
                          <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
                          <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 
 
              if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
              if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
                {
                {
                  if (indx == 0)
                  if (indx == 0)
                    {
                    {
                      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
                      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                                  relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
                                  relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
                                  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
                                  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
                    }
                    }
                  else
                  else
                    {
                    {
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                                  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
                                  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
                                                    R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32);
                                                    R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32);
                      outrel.r_offset += 4;
                      outrel.r_offset += 4;
                      sreloc->reloc_count++;
                      sreloc->reloc_count++;
                      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                      BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
                      BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
                                  <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
                                  <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                    }
                    }
                }
                }
              else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
              else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                {
                {
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                              (indx == 0
                              (indx == 0
                               ? relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info)
                               ? relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info)
                               : 0),
                               : 0),
                              htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
                              htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
                  outrel.r_offset += 4;
                  outrel.r_offset += 4;
                  sreloc->reloc_count++;
                  sreloc->reloc_count++;
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
                }
                }
 
 
            dr_done:
            dr_done:
              if (h != NULL)
              if (h != NULL)
                h->got.offset |= 1;
                h->got.offset |= 1;
              else
              else
                local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
                local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
            }
            }
 
 
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2
              && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
              && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
            abort ();
            abort ();
          if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
          if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
              || r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
              || r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
            {
            {
              relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt;
              relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt;
              unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
              unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
            }
            }
          else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
          else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
            {
            {
              bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
              bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                              + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
                              + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
              relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
              relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t;
                + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t;
              if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
              if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
                  && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                  && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                relocation += 4;
                relocation += 4;
              if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE)
              if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE)
                relocation += g_o_t;
                relocation += g_o_t;
              unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
              unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
            }
            }
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
            {
            {
              unsigned int val, type;
              unsigned int val, type;
              bfd_vma roff;
              bfd_vma roff;
 
 
              /* GD->IE transition.  */
              /* GD->IE transition.  */
              type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
              type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
              val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
              val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
              if (type == 0x04)
              if (type == 0x04)
                {
                {
                  /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
                  /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
                     Change it into:
                     Change it into:
                     movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
                     movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
                  val >>= 3;
                  val >>= 3;
                  roff = rel->r_offset - 3;
                  roff = rel->r_offset - 3;
                }
                }
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
                  /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
                     Change it into:
                     Change it into:
                     movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
                     movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
                  roff = rel->r_offset - 2;
                  roff = rel->r_offset - 2;
                }
                }
              memcpy (contents + roff,
              memcpy (contents + roff,
                      "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12);
                      "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12);
              contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7);
              contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7);
              /* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and
              /* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and
                 foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change
                 foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change
                 subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax
                 subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax
                 into:
                 into:
                 addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
                 addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
              if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
              if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
                contents[roff + 6] = 0x03;
                contents[roff + 6] = 0x03;
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                          htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                          htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                          + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                          + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
                          contents + roff + 8);
                          contents + roff + 8);
              /* Skip R_386_PLT32.  */
              /* Skip R_386_PLT32.  */
              rel++;
              rel++;
              continue;
              continue;
            }
            }
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
            {
            {
              /* GDesc -> IE transition.
              /* GDesc -> IE transition.
                 It's originally something like:
                 It's originally something like:
                 leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
                 leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
 
 
                 Change it to:
                 Change it to:
                 movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax
                 movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax
                 or:
                 or:
                 movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax
                 movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax
 
 
                 Registers other than %eax may be set up here.  */
                 Registers other than %eax may be set up here.  */
 
 
              bfd_vma roff;
              bfd_vma roff;
 
 
              /* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit
              /* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit
                 offset into any register, although it's probably
                 offset into any register, although it's probably
                 almost always going to be eax.  */
                 almost always going to be eax.  */
              roff = rel->r_offset;
              roff = rel->r_offset;
 
 
              /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
              /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
              /* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it
              /* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it
                 suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b.
                 suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b.
                 aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all
                 aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all
                 we have to do is remove the statement below, and
                 we have to do is remove the statement below, and
                 adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL.  */
                 adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL.  */
              bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2);
              bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2);
 
 
              if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
              if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
                off += 4;
                off += 4;
 
 
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                          htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                          htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                          + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                          + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
                          - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
                          contents + roff);
                          contents + roff);
              continue;
              continue;
            }
            }
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
            {
            {
              /* GDesc -> IE transition.
              /* GDesc -> IE transition.
                 It's originally:
                 It's originally:
                 call *(%eax)
                 call *(%eax)
 
 
                 Change it to:
                 Change it to:
                 xchg %ax,%ax
                 xchg %ax,%ax
                 or
                 or
                 negl %eax
                 negl %eax
                 depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above.
                 depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above.
              */
              */
 
 
              bfd_vma roff;
              bfd_vma roff;
 
 
              roff = rel->r_offset;
              roff = rel->r_offset;
 
 
              /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
              /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
              if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG)
              if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG)
                {
                {
                  /* xchg %ax,%ax */
                  /* xchg %ax,%ax */
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
                }
                }
              else
              else
                {
                {
                  /* negl %eax */
                  /* negl %eax */
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1);
                  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1);
                }
                }
 
 
              continue;
              continue;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
            BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_LDM:
        case R_386_TLS_LDM:
          if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
          if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
                                         input_section, contents,
                                         input_section, contents,
                                         symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                         symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
                                         &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel,
                                         &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel,
                                         relend, h, r_symndx))
                                         relend, h, r_symndx))
            return FALSE;
            return FALSE;
 
 
          if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM)
          if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM)
            {
            {
              /* LD->LE transition:
              /* LD->LE transition:
                 leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr.
                 leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr.
                 We change it into:
                 We change it into:
                 movl %gs:0, %eax; nop; leal 0(%esi,1), %esi.  */
                 movl %gs:0, %eax; nop; leal 0(%esi,1), %esi.  */
              BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32);
              BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32);
              memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
              memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
                      "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11);
                      "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11);
              /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32.  */
              /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32.  */
              rel++;
              rel++;
              continue;
              continue;
            }
            }
 
 
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
          if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
            abort ();
            abort ();
 
 
          off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
          off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
          if (off & 1)
          if (off & 1)
            off &= ~1;
            off &= ~1;
          else
          else
            {
            {
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              bfd_byte *loc;
 
 
              if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
              if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
 
 
              outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
              outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                                 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
                                 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
 
 
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                          htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
                          htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
                          htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
                          htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32);
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32);
              loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
              loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
              loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
              htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
              htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
            }
            }
          relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
          relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                       + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                       + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
                       - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
          unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
          unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_LDO_32:
        case R_386_TLS_LDO_32:
          if (info->shared || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
          if (info->shared || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
            relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
            relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
          else
          else
            /* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate.  */
            /* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate.  */
            relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
            relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
          break;
          break;
 
 
        case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
        case R_386_TLS_LE:
        case R_386_TLS_LE:
          if (!info->executable)
          if (!info->executable)
            {
            {
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
              asection *sreloc;
              asection *sreloc;
              bfd_byte *loc;
              bfd_byte *loc;
 
 
              outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
              outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
                                + input_section->output_section->vma
                                + input_section->output_section->vma
                                + input_section->output_offset;
                                + input_section->output_offset;
              if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
              if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
                indx = h->dynindx;
                indx = h->dynindx;
              else
              else
                indx = 0;
                indx = 0;
              if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
              if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
                outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32);
                outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32);
              else
              else
                outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
                outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
              sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
              sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
              if (sreloc == NULL)
              if (sreloc == NULL)
                abort ();
                abort ();
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc = sreloc->contents;
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
              if (indx)
              if (indx)
                continue;
                continue;
              else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
              else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
                relocation = elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation;
                relocation = elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation;
              else
              else
                relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
                relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
            }
            }
          else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
          else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
            relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
            relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
          else
          else
            relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
            relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
          break;
          break;
 
 
        default:
        default:
          break;
          break;
        }
        }
 
 
      /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
      /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
         because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
         because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
         not process them.  */
         not process them.  */
      if (unresolved_reloc
      if (unresolved_reloc
          && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
          && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
               && h->def_dynamic))
               && h->def_dynamic))
        {
        {
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
            (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
            (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
             input_bfd,
             input_bfd,
             input_section,
             input_section,
             (long) rel->r_offset,
             (long) rel->r_offset,
             howto->name,
             howto->name,
             h->root.root.string);
             h->root.root.string);
          return FALSE;
          return FALSE;
        }
        }
 
 
do_relocation:
do_relocation:
      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
                                    contents, rel->r_offset,
                                    contents, rel->r_offset,
                                    relocation, 0);
                                    relocation, 0);
 
 
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
        {
        {
          const char *name;
          const char *name;
 
 
          if (h != NULL)
          if (h != NULL)
            name = h->root.root.string;
            name = h->root.root.string;
          else
          else
            {
            {
              name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
              name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
                                                      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
                                                      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
                                                      sym->st_name);
                                                      sym->st_name);
              if (name == NULL)
              if (name == NULL)
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
              if (*name == '\0')
              if (*name == '\0')
                name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
                name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
            }
            }
 
 
          if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
          if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
            {
            {
              if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
              if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
                     (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
                     (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
                      (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
                      (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
                      rel->r_offset)))
                      rel->r_offset)))
                return FALSE;
                return FALSE;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            {
            {
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
                 input_bfd, input_section,
                 input_bfd, input_section,
                 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
                 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
              return FALSE;
              return FALSE;
            }
            }
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   dynamic sections here.  */
   dynamic sections here.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
                                struct bfd_link_info *info,
                                struct bfd_link_info *info,
                                struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
                                struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
                                Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
                                Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
    {
    {
      bfd_vma plt_index;
      bfd_vma plt_index;
      bfd_vma got_offset;
      bfd_vma got_offset;
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
      bfd_byte *loc;
      bfd_byte *loc;
      asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
      asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
 
 
      /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and
      /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and
         .rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
         .rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
        {
        {
          plt = htab->elf.splt;
          plt = htab->elf.splt;
          gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
          gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
          relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
          relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          plt = htab->elf.iplt;
          plt = htab->elf.iplt;
          gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
          gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
          relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
          relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
        }
        }
 
 
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
         it up.  */
         it up.  */
 
 
      if ((h->dynindx == -1
      if ((h->dynindx == -1
           && !((h->forced_local || info->executable)
           && !((h->forced_local || info->executable)
                && h->def_regular
                && h->def_regular
                && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
                && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
          || plt == NULL
          || plt == NULL
          || gotplt == NULL
          || gotplt == NULL
          || relplt == NULL)
          || relplt == NULL)
        abort ();
        abort ();
 
 
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
         corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
         corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
         in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
         in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
         first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.
         first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.
 
 
         Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
         Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
         corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
         corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
         The first three are reserved.
         The first three are reserved.
 
 
         For static executables, we don't reserve anything.  */
         For static executables, we don't reserve anything.  */
 
 
      if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
      if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
        {
        {
          plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
          plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
          got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
          got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
          plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
          got_offset = plt_index * 4;
          got_offset = plt_index * 4;
        }
        }
 
 
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
      if (! info->shared)
      if (! info->shared)
        {
        {
          memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_plt_entry,
          memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_plt_entry,
                  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
                  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                      (gotplt->output_section->vma
                      (gotplt->output_section->vma
                       + gotplt->output_offset
                       + gotplt->output_offset
                       + got_offset),
                       + got_offset),
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
 
 
          if (htab->is_vxworks)
          if (htab->is_vxworks)
            {
            {
              int s, k, reloc_index;
              int s, k, reloc_index;
 
 
              /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT
              /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT
                 for this PLT entry.  */
                 for this PLT entry.  */
 
 
              /* S: Current slot number (zero-based).  */
              /* S: Current slot number (zero-based).  */
              s = (h->plt.offset - PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
              s = (h->plt.offset - PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
              /* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */
              /* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */
              if (info->shared)
              if (info->shared)
                k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB;
                k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB;
              else
              else
                k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS;
                k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS;
              /* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for
              /* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for
                 the other PLT slots. */
                 the other PLT slots. */
              reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS;
              reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS;
              loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index
              loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index
                     * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
                     * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
 
 
              rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
              rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
                              + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                              + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                              + h->plt.offset + 2),
                              + h->plt.offset + 2),
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
 
 
              /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of
              /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of
                 the PLT for this GOT entry.  */
                 the PLT for this GOT entry.  */
              rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
              rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                              + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                              + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                              + got_offset);
                              + got_offset);
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
              loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
              loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
            }
            }
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_pic_plt_entry,
          memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_pic_plt_entry,
                  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
                  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
        }
        }
 
 
      /* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables.  */
      /* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables.  */
      if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
      if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
        {
        {
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 7);
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 7);
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - (h->plt.offset + PLT_ENTRY_SIZE),
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - (h->plt.offset + PLT_ENTRY_SIZE),
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 12);
                      plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 12);
        }
        }
 
 
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                  (plt->output_section->vma
                  (plt->output_section->vma
                   + plt->output_offset
                   + plt->output_offset
                   + h->plt.offset
                   + h->plt.offset
                   + 6),
                   + 6),
                  gotplt->contents + got_offset);
                  gotplt->contents + got_offset);
 
 
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
      rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma
      rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma
                      + gotplt->output_offset
                      + gotplt->output_offset
                      + got_offset);
                      + got_offset);
      if (h->dynindx == -1
      if (h->dynindx == -1
          || ((info->executable
          || ((info->executable
               || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
               || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
              && h->def_regular
              && h->def_regular
               && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
               && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
        {
        {
          /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate
          /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate
             R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT.  Store addend
             R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT.  Store addend
             in the .got.plt section.  */
             in the .got.plt section.  */
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                      (h->root.u.def.value
                      (h->root.u.def.value
                       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
                       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
                       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
                       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
                      gotplt->contents + got_offset);
                      gotplt->contents + got_offset);
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
        }
        }
      else
      else
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT);
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT);
      loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
 
 
      if (!h->def_regular)
      if (!h->def_regular)
        {
        {
          /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
          /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
             the .plt section.  Leave the value if there were any
             the .plt section.  Leave the value if there were any
             relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue
             relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue
             for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer
             for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer
             comparisons work between an application and shared
             comparisons work between an application and shared
             library), otherwise set it to zero.  If a function is only
             library), otherwise set it to zero.  If a function is only
             called from a binary, there is no need to slow down
             called from a binary, there is no need to slow down
             shared libraries because of that.  */
             shared libraries because of that.  */
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
          if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
          if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
            sym->st_value = 0;
            sym->st_value = 0;
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
      && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type)
      && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type)
      && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
      && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
    {
    {
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
      bfd_byte *loc;
      bfd_byte *loc;
 
 
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
         up.  */
         up.  */
 
 
      if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
      if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
        abort ();
        abort ();
 
 
      rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
      rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
                      + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
                      + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
                      + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
                      + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
 
 
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
         symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
         symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
         of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
         of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
         The entry in the global offset table will already have been
         The entry in the global offset table will already have been
         initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
         initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
      if (h->def_regular
      if (h->def_regular
          && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
          && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
        {
        {
          if (info->shared)
          if (info->shared)
            {
            {
              /* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT.  */
              /* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT.  */
              goto do_glob_dat;
              goto do_glob_dat;
            }
            }
          else
          else
            {
            {
              asection *plt;
              asection *plt;
 
 
              if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
              if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
                abort ();
                abort ();
 
 
              /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
              /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
                 contains the real function addres if we need pointer
                 contains the real function addres if we need pointer
                 equality.  We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
                 equality.  We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
              plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
              plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                          (plt->output_section->vma
                          (plt->output_section->vma
                           + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset),
                           + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset),
                          htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
                          htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
              return TRUE;
              return TRUE;
            }
            }
        }
        }
      else if (info->shared
      else if (info->shared
               && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
               && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
        {
        {
          BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
          BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
        }
        }
      else
      else
        {
        {
          BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
          BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
do_glob_dat:
do_glob_dat:
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
                      htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
                      htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT);
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT);
        }
        }
 
 
      loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
      loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
      loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
    }
    }
 
 
  if (h->needs_copy)
  if (h->needs_copy)
    {
    {
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
      bfd_byte *loc;
      bfd_byte *loc;
 
 
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
 
 
      if (h->dynindx == -1
      if (h->dynindx == -1
          || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
          || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
          || htab->srelbss == NULL)
          || htab->srelbss == NULL)
        abort ();
        abort ();
 
 
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY);
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY);
      loc = htab->srelbss->contents;
      loc = htab->srelbss->contents;
      loc += htab->srelbss->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      loc += htab->srelbss->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
    }
    }
 
 
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  SYM may
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  SYM may
     be NULL for local symbols.
     be NULL for local symbols.
 
 
     On VxWorks, the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol is not absolute: it
     On VxWorks, the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol is not absolute: it
     is relative to the ".got" section.  */
     is relative to the ".got" section.  */
  if (sym != NULL
  if (sym != NULL
      && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
      && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
          || (!htab->is_vxworks && h == htab->elf.hgot)))
          || (!htab->is_vxworks && h == htab->elf.hgot)))
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
/* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
   various dynamic sections here.  */
   various dynamic sections here.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
{
{
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
  struct bfd_link_info *info
  struct bfd_link_info *info
    = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
    = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
 
 
  return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info,
  return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info,
                                         h, NULL);
                                         h, NULL);
}
}
 
 
/* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
/* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
   dynamic linker, before writing them out.  */
   dynamic linker, before writing them out.  */
 
 
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
{
{
  switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
  switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
    {
    {
    case R_386_RELATIVE:
    case R_386_RELATIVE:
      return reloc_class_relative;
      return reloc_class_relative;
    case R_386_JUMP_SLOT:
    case R_386_JUMP_SLOT:
      return reloc_class_plt;
      return reloc_class_plt;
    case R_386_COPY:
    case R_386_COPY:
      return reloc_class_copy;
      return reloc_class_copy;
    default:
    default:
      return reloc_class_normal;
      return reloc_class_normal;
    }
    }
}
}
 
 
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
                                  struct bfd_link_info *info)
                                  struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
{
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  bfd *dynobj;
  bfd *dynobj;
  asection *sdyn;
  asection *sdyn;
 
 
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
  if (htab == NULL)
  if (htab == NULL)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
  dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
 
 
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
    {
    {
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
 
 
      if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
      if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
        abort ();
        abort ();
 
 
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
        {
        {
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
          asection *s;
          asection *s;
 
 
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
 
 
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
            {
            {
            default:
            default:
              if (htab->is_vxworks
              if (htab->is_vxworks
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
                break;
                break;
              continue;
              continue;
 
 
            case DT_PLTGOT:
            case DT_PLTGOT:
              s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
              s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
              break;
              break;
 
 
            case DT_JMPREL:
            case DT_JMPREL:
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
              break;
              break;
 
 
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
              dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
              break;
              break;
 
 
            case DT_RELSZ:
            case DT_RELSZ:
              /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
              /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
                 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
                 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
                 included in the overall relocs (DT_REL).  This is
                 included in the overall relocs (DT_REL).  This is
                 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
                 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
                 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELSZ entry
                 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELSZ entry
                 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  */
                 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  */
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              if (s == NULL)
              if (s == NULL)
                continue;
                continue;
              dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
              dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
              break;
              break;
 
 
            case DT_REL:
            case DT_REL:
              /* We may not be using the standard ELF linker script.
              /* We may not be using the standard ELF linker script.
                 If .rel.plt is the first .rel section, we adjust
                 If .rel.plt is the first .rel section, we adjust
                 DT_REL to not include it.  */
                 DT_REL to not include it.  */
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              s = htab->elf.srelplt;
              if (s == NULL)
              if (s == NULL)
                continue;
                continue;
              if (dyn.d_un.d_ptr != s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset)
              if (dyn.d_un.d_ptr != s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset)
                continue;
                continue;
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr += s->size;
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr += s->size;
              break;
              break;
            }
            }
 
 
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
        }
        }
 
 
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
      if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
      if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
        {
        {
          if (info->shared)
          if (info->shared)
            {
            {
              memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry,
              memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry,
                      sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
                      sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
              memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry),
              memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry),
                      htab->plt0_pad_byte,
                      htab->plt0_pad_byte,
                      PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
                      PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
            }
            }
          else
          else
            {
            {
              memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_plt0_entry,
              memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_plt0_entry,
                      sizeof(elf_i386_plt0_entry));
                      sizeof(elf_i386_plt0_entry));
              memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry),
              memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry),
                      htab->plt0_pad_byte,
                      htab->plt0_pad_byte,
                      PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry));
                      PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry));
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                          (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                          (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                           + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                           + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                           + 4),
                           + 4),
                          htab->elf.splt->contents + 2);
                          htab->elf.splt->contents + 2);
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                          (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                          (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
                           + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                           + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
                           + 8),
                           + 8),
                          htab->elf.splt->contents + 8);
                          htab->elf.splt->contents + 8);
 
 
              if (htab->is_vxworks)
              if (htab->is_vxworks)
                {
                {
                  Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
                  Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
 
 
                  /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4.
                  /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4.
                     On IA32 we use REL relocations so the addend goes in
                     On IA32 we use REL relocations so the addend goes in
                     the PLT directly.  */
                     the PLT directly.  */
                  rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
                  rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
                                  + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                                  + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                                  + 2);
                                  + 2);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
                                            htab->srelplt2->contents);
                                            htab->srelplt2->contents);
                  /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
                  /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
                  rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
                  rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
                                  + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                                  + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
                                  + 8);
                                  + 8);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
                                            htab->srelplt2->contents +
                                            htab->srelplt2->contents +
                                            sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
                                            sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
                }
                }
            }
            }
 
 
          /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
          /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
             really seem like the right value.  */
             really seem like the right value.  */
          elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)
          elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)
            ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
            ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
 
 
          /* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
          /* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
          if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
          if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
            {
            {
              int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) - 1;
              int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) - 1;
              unsigned char *p;
              unsigned char *p;
 
 
              p = htab->srelplt2->contents;
              p = htab->srelplt2->contents;
              if (info->shared)
              if (info->shared)
                p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
              else
              else
                p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 
 
              for (; num_plts; num_plts--)
              for (; num_plts; num_plts--)
                {
                {
                  Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
                  Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
                  p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 
 
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
                  p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                  p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
                }
                }
            }
            }
        }
        }
    }
    }
 
 
  if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
  if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
    {
    {
      /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
      /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
      if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0)
      if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0)
        {
        {
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
                      (sdyn == NULL ? 0
                      (sdyn == NULL ? 0
                       : sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset),
                       : sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset),
                      htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
                      htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4);
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4);
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8);
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8);
        }
        }
 
 
      elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
      elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
    }
    }
 
 
  if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
  if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
    elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
    elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
 
 
  /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
  /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
  htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
  htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
                 elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
                 elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
                 info);
                 info);
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
 
 
static bfd_vma
static bfd_vma
elf_i386_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
elf_i386_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
                      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
                      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
{
  return plt->vma + (i + 1) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
  return plt->vma + (i + 1) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
}
}
 
 
/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  */
/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
elf_i386_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
{
{
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
      && !h->def_regular
      && !h->def_regular
      && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
      && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
    return FALSE;
    return FALSE;
 
 
  return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
  return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
}
}
 
 
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
   file.  */
   file.  */
 
 
static bfd_boolean
static bfd_boolean
elf_i386_add_symbol_hook (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
elf_i386_add_symbol_hook (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,
                          Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,
                          const char ** namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          const char ** namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          flagword * flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          flagword * flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          asection ** secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          asection ** secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                          bfd_vma * valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
                          bfd_vma * valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
{
  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
    elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_ifunc_symbols = TRUE;
    elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_ifunc_symbols = TRUE;
 
 
  return TRUE;
  return TRUE;
}
}
 
 
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_vec
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_vec
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386"
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386"
#define ELF_ARCH                        bfd_arch_i386
#define ELF_ARCH                        bfd_arch_i386
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE                EM_386
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE                EM_386
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x1000
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x1000
 
 
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt        1
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt        1
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly        1
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly        1
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        0
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        0
#define elf_backend_got_header_size     12
#define elf_backend_got_header_size     12
 
 
/* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects.  */
/* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects.  */
#define elf_info_to_howto                     elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
#define elf_info_to_howto                     elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
#define elf_info_to_howto_rel                 elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
#define elf_info_to_howto_rel                 elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
 
 
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject                    elf_i386_mkobject
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject                    elf_i386_mkobject
 
 
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name     elf_i386_is_local_label_name
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name     elf_i386_is_local_label_name
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create  elf_i386_link_hash_table_create
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create  elf_i386_link_hash_table_create
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free    elf_i386_link_hash_table_free
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free    elf_i386_link_hash_table_free
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup       elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup       elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup       elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup       elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup
 
 
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol     elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol     elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol
#define elf_backend_relocs_compatible         _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
#define elf_backend_relocs_compatible         _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
#define elf_backend_check_relocs              elf_i386_check_relocs
#define elf_backend_check_relocs              elf_i386_check_relocs
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol      elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol      elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections   elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections   elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_fake_sections             elf_i386_fake_sections
#define elf_backend_fake_sections             elf_i386_fake_sections
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections   elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections   elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol     elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol     elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook              elf_i386_gc_mark_hook
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook              elf_i386_gc_mark_hook
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook             elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook             elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus             elf_i386_grok_prstatus
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus             elf_i386_grok_prstatus
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo               elf_i386_grok_psinfo
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo               elf_i386_grok_psinfo
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class          elf_i386_reloc_type_class
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class          elf_i386_reloc_type_class
#define elf_backend_relocate_section          elf_i386_relocate_section
#define elf_backend_relocate_section          elf_i386_relocate_section
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections     elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections     elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections      elf_i386_always_size_sections
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections      elf_i386_always_size_sections
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
  ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
  ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val               elf_i386_plt_sym_val
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val               elf_i386_plt_sym_val
#define elf_backend_hash_symbol               elf_i386_hash_symbol
#define elf_backend_hash_symbol               elf_i386_hash_symbol
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook           elf_i386_add_symbol_hook
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook           elf_i386_add_symbol_hook
#undef  elf_backend_post_process_headers
#undef  elf_backend_post_process_headers
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers        _bfd_elf_set_osabi
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers        _bfd_elf_set_osabi
 
 
#include "elf32-target.h"
#include "elf32-target.h"
 
 
/* FreeBSD support.  */
/* FreeBSD support.  */
 
 
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_freebsd_vec
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_freebsd_vec
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386-freebsd"
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386-freebsd"
#undef  ELF_OSABI
#undef  ELF_OSABI
#define ELF_OSABI                       ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
#define ELF_OSABI                       ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
 
 
/* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a
/* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a
   "FreeBSD" label in the ELF header.  So we put this label on all
   "FreeBSD" label in the ELF header.  So we put this label on all
   executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files.  */
   executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files.  */
 
 
static void
static void
elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
{
  _bfd_elf_set_osabi (abfd, info);
  _bfd_elf_set_osabi (abfd, info);
 
 
#ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL
#ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL
  /* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard.  */
  /* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard.  */
  memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8);
  memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8);
#endif
#endif
}
}
 
 
#undef  elf_backend_post_process_headers
#undef  elf_backend_post_process_headers
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers        elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers        elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers
#undef  elf32_bed
#undef  elf32_bed
#define elf32_bed                               elf32_i386_fbsd_bed
#define elf32_bed                               elf32_i386_fbsd_bed
 
 
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
 
 
#include "elf32-target.h"
#include "elf32-target.h"
 
 
/* VxWorks support.  */
/* VxWorks support.  */
 
 
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_vxworks_vec
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_vxworks_vec
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386-vxworks"
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386-vxworks"
#undef  ELF_OSABI
#undef  ELF_OSABI
 
 
/* Like elf_i386_link_hash_table_create but with tweaks for VxWorks.  */
/* Like elf_i386_link_hash_table_create but with tweaks for VxWorks.  */
 
 
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
{
{
  struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
  struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 
 
  ret = elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
  ret = elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
  if (ret)
  if (ret)
    {
    {
      htab = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ret;
      htab = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ret;
      htab->is_vxworks = 1;
      htab->is_vxworks = 1;
      htab->plt0_pad_byte = 0x90;
      htab->plt0_pad_byte = 0x90;
    }
    }
 
 
  return ret;
  return ret;
}
}
 
 
 
 
#undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible
#undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible
#undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
#undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
  elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
  elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
  elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
  elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
  elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
  elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs                 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs                 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
  elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
  elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
 
 
/* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
/* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
   define it.  */
   define it.  */
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        1
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        1
 
 
#undef  elf32_bed
#undef  elf32_bed
#define elf32_bed                               elf32_i386_vxworks_bed
#define elf32_bed                               elf32_i386_vxworks_bed
 
 
#include "elf32-target.h"
#include "elf32-target.h"
 
 

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.